Administrator Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsOS9

Dell EMC Networking Command-Line

Reference Guide for the C9010 Series

Version 9.14.2.8

September 2020

Rev. A00

Summary of content (1808 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell EMC Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9010 Series Version 9.14.2.8 September 2020 Rev.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2020 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
PAGE 3
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide.........................................................................................................44 Objectives........................................................................................................................................................................... 44 Audience..............................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
ip telnet server enable......................................................................................................................................................83 ip telnet source-interface................................................................................................................................................84 ip tftp source-interface...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
copy.....................................................................................................................................................................................167 delete.................................................................................................................................................................................. 170 dir...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
Chapter 6: Access Control Lists (ACL)....................................................................................... 217 Commands Common to all ACL Types........................................................................................................................217 remark........................................................................................................................................................................... 217 show config..................................
PAGE 7
seq.................................................................................................................................................................................270 Extended MAC ACL Commands...................................................................................................................................271 deny....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
Chapter 7: Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD).................................................................310 bfd all-neighbors.............................................................................................................................................................. 310 bfd disable......................................................................................................................................................................... 312 bfd enable (Configuration).
PAGE 9
clear ip bgp................................................................................................................................................................. 346 clear ip bgp dampening............................................................................................................................................ 347 clear ip bgp flap-statistics.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
redistribute..................................................................................................................................................................387 redistribute ospf........................................................................................................................................................ 388 router bgp......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
address-family............................................................................................................................................................438 address family ipv6 unicast.....................................................................................................................................439 aggregate-address....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
neighbor ebgp-multihop...........................................................................................................................................467 neighbor fall-over...................................................................................................................................................... 468 neighbor filter-list......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
Chapter 9: Content Addressable Memory (CAM)....................................................................... 498 CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................................................ 498 cam-acl (Configuration).......................................................................................................................................... 499 cam-acl-egress............................................
PAGE 14
dcb-enable.................................................................................................................................................................. 539 dcb-output..................................................................................................................................................................540 dcb-policy output..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
Chapter 13: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).........................................................618 Configure a DHCP Server and DHCP Clients ..........................................................................................................618 clear ip dhcp................................................................................................................................................................618 debug ip dhcp client events..........................................
PAGE 16
Chapter 14: Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)............................................................................... 648 ecmp-group...................................................................................................................................................................... 648 hash-algorithm ecmp..................................................................................................................................................... 649 hash-algorithm hg.................
PAGE 17
disable................................................................................................................................................................................ 682 interface............................................................................................................................................................................ 682 member-vlan...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
interface range macro name...................................................................................................................................727 interface vlan..............................................................................................................................................................728 keepalive......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
show hg-link-bundle-distribution...........................................................................................................................803 snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm......................................................................................................................... 804 Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands......................................................................................................805 tdr-cable-test....................................
PAGE 20
lsp-mtu...............................................................................................................................................................................842 lsp-refresh-interval.........................................................................................................................................................842 max-area-addresses...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
show ip igmp snooping mrouter............................................................................................................................ 888 show ip igmp snooping groups...............................................................................................................................889 Chapter 25: Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).........................................................................892 crypto ipsec transform-set..............................................
PAGE 22
show show show show show show show show show show show show show hosts........................................................................................................................................................................934 ip cam linecard......................................................................................................................................................935 ip fib linecard.....................................................................................
PAGE 23
ipv6 nd prefix................................................................................................................................................................... 984 ipv6 neighbor................................................................................................................................................................... 985 ipv6 route...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
name........................................................................................................................................................................... 1026 show config...............................................................................................................................................................1027 show vlan...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
show running-config lldp....................................................................................................................................... 1066 snmp-notification-interval........................................................................................................................................... 1067 LLDP-MED Commands................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
show ipv6 mld snooping groups...........................................................................................................................1096 show ipv6 mld snooping interface.......................................................................................................................1096 show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
managed-config-flag..................................................................................................................................................... 1130 match ra........................................................................................................................................................................... 1130 mtu......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
distribute-list in.........................................................................................................................................................1169 distribute-list out......................................................................................................................................................1169 enable inverse-mask...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
timers throttle lsa arrival........................................................................................................................................ 1221 OSPFv3 Commands.......................................................................................................................................................1221 area authentication.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
Chapter 41: PE Stacking...........................................................................................................1269 renumber......................................................................................................................................................................... 1269 reset..................................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
ip pim query-interval................................................................................................................................................1310 ip pim register-filter..................................................................................................................................................1311 ip pim rp-address......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
location-led..................................................................................................................................................................... 1349 pe...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1350 pe provision...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
Chapter 48: Private VLAN (PVLAN)..........................................................................................1398 ip local-proxy-arp.......................................................................................................................................................... 1399 private-vlan mode.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
show qos policy-map.............................................................................................................................................. 1438 show qos policy-map-input................................................................................................................................... 1440 show qos policy-map-output.................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
auto-summary................................................................................................................................................................ 1480 clear ip rip.........................................................................................................................................................................1481 debug ip rip........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
aaa authentication login.......................................................................................................................................... 1517 aaa reauthenticate enable......................................................................................................................................1519 access-class..............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
dot1x mac-auth-bypass..........................................................................................................................................1552 dot1x max-eap-req.................................................................................................................................................. 1552 dot1x port-control...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
System Security Commands.......................................................................................................................................1589 boot-access password........................................................................................................................................... 1589 generate hash...........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
snmp-server trap-source.......................................................................................................................................1628 snmp-server user.....................................................................................................................................................1629 snmp-server view.....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
show storm-control broadcast................................................................................................................................... 1677 show storm-control multicast.....................................................................................................................................1677 show storm-control unknown-unicast.....................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
clock timezone............................................................................................................................................................... 1705 debug ntp........................................................................................................................................................................ 1706 ntp authenticate......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 42
peer-link port-channel.................................................................................................................................................. 1740 peer-routing.....................................................................................................................................................................1741 peer-routing-timeout........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 43
Chapter 66: Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)................................................................... 1781 ip unknown-unicast........................................................................................................................................................1781 ipv6 unknown-unicast.................................................................................................................................................. 1782 description.................................
PAGE 44
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 45
Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 46
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 47
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. keywords at any command mode: To obtain a list of Type help at the prompt.
PAGE 48
lacp Configure LACP line Configure a terminal line linecard Configure linecard link-bundle-distribution Configure link-bundle load-balance Global traffic load-balance configuration logging Modify message logging facilities mac Global MAC configuration subcommands mac-address-table Mac Address Table Configuration Subcommands management Create a management crypto or route, etc monitor Monitor monitored ports no Reset a command ntp Configure NTP openflow Configure OpenFlow instance password-attributes Configur
PAGE 49
Key Combination Action CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes the character at the cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key.
PAGE 50
NOTE: Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: Dell#command | grep gigabit |except regular-expression | find regularexpression display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern.
PAGE 51
To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the class-map command then enter the class map name. The prompt changes to include (config-class-map). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2.
PAGE 52
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, see ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmpgroup-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
PAGE 53
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-frrp-ring-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>.
PAGE 54
2. Use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include (conf-std-nacl) or (conf-ext-nacl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 55
MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 56
To enter PRIORITY GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the priority-group command then the group name. The prompt changes to include (conf-pg). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 57
ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode.
PAGE 58
To enter VRRP mode: 1. To enable VRRP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vrrp-group command then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-if-interface-typeslot/port-vrid-vrrp-group-id). UPLINK STATE GROUP Mode To enable and configure an uplink-state group, use UPLINK STATE GROUP mode. For more information, see Uplink Failure Detection (UFD). To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 59
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
PAGE 60
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-traffic-stats show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show reset-reason show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-th
PAGE 61
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
PAGE 62
Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell Networking OS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
PAGE 63
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear.
PAGE 64
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
PAGE 65
Enter the CAM profile name then the amount for CAM space allocation. The total space allocated must be equal to 12. The IPv6 ACL range must be a factor of 2. Enter l2acl and the FP block number for L2 ACL. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8.
PAGE 66
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
PAGE 67
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the audits in the chassis connected in a dualhoming setup. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system.
PAGE 68
Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced on all Dell EMC Networking OS platforms Usage Information This command resets the average power and average power start time to the current time. Average power and average power start time will be calculated from the reset time (i.e current time). Example This output is only applicable for the C1048P, N20xx and N30xx.
PAGE 69
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 70
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot).
PAGE 71
disable Return to EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax disable [level] From a port extender (PE) console, use disable [level] to return to EXEC mode. Parameters Defaults level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 72
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 73
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 74
enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP). C9000 Series Syntax enable optical-info-update interval seconds To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optical-info-update interval command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
PAGE 75
● ● ● ● ● Command History COMMUNITY-LIST ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 76
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Example Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. C9000 Series Syntax exit From a PE console, use exit command to return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 77
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 78
226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made.
PAGE 79
To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password. Without specifying an encryption type, the password is unencrypted.
PAGE 80
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Changed the default from Force10 to FTOS. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The host name is used in the command-line prompt.
PAGE 81
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command.
PAGE 82
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. C9000 Series Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command.
PAGE 83
ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 84
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 85
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnets to another device.
PAGE 86
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. C9000 Series Syntax line {console 0 | vty number [end-number]} Parameters Defaults console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port.
PAGE 87
logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password { ipv4-address | ipv6-address } Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server. type Enter the password type: ● Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password.
PAGE 88
login concurrent-session Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for each user on console and virtual terminal lines. Syntax login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} no login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} Parameters Defaults limit number-of- sessions Sets the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console and virtual terminal lines. The range is from 1 to 12 (10 VTY lines, one console, and one AUX line).
PAGE 89
Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Current sessions for user admin: Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'.
PAGE 90
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500. Only the system and security administrators can configure login activity tracking and view the login activity details of other users. If you enable user login statistics, the system displays the last successful login details of the current user, the details of any failed login attempts by others, and if the current user’s permissions have changed since the last login.
PAGE 91
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 92
outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-min-size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-max-size Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size.
PAGE 93
seconds), and for extended commands. For information on ICMP message types, refer to the Usage Information in deny icmp. The following table provides descriptions for the ping command status response symbols displayed in the output. Example (IPv4) Symbol Description ! Each exclamation point indicates receipt of a reply. . Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for a reply. U A destination unreachable error PDU was received. Q Source quench (destination too busy).
PAGE 94
reload Reboot the system. C9000 Series Syntax reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change | pe pe-id] From a PE console, use reload to perform a cold restart. Parameters conditional nvram-cfgchange pe Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. Reload the RMP, PE unit, or the entire PE stack configured under that PE unit. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 95
vty Defaults Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 96
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.5) Added support for UTC time format. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 97
all Enter the keyword all to display all the alarms corresponding to both the controlling bridge as well as all the PEs checked into it. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Examples Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 98
Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard7 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard8 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown RPM0 35 40 43 48 NA --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown RPM1 35 40 43 48 NA --------------------------------
PAGE 99
show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on the switch line cards. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show asf linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 100
show chassis View the configuration and status of modules in the system. Use this command to determine the chassis mode. C9000 Series Syntax show chassis [brief] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a summary of the show chassis output. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 101
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed Fan3 Speed -----------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 3498 up 3501 up 3464 up 3510 0 1 up up 3510 up 3407 up 3501 up 3431 0 2 up up 3545 up 3504 up 3440 up 3440 Speed in RPM Related Commands ● show linecard – view the line card status. ● show rpm – view the RPM status. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp.
PAGE 102
Example 2: service timestamps log datetime utc DellEMC#show clock 15:47:05.661 IST Fri May 17 2019 DellEMC(conf)#service timestamps log datetime utc Example 3: service timestamps log uptime DellEMC#show clock 15:51:47.534 IST Fri May 17 2019 DellEMC(conf)#service timestamps log uptime Example 4: no service timestamps log DellEMC#show clock 15:55:12.
PAGE 103
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics.
PAGE 104
Example Dell#show cpu-traffic-stats Processor : CP -------------Received 100% traffic on fortyGigE 2/12 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:5, ARP:0, other:3 Unicast:5, Multicast:3, Broadcast:0 Total packets:8 Processor : RP --------------Received 100% traffic on fortyGigE 2/12 Total packets:168 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:165, ARP:0, other:3 Unicast:42, Multicast:126, Broadcast:0 Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show cpu-interface-stats View CPU interface statistics.
PAGE 105
Example Dell#show cpu-traffic-stats cp -- Partybus ethernet statistics -Link state : Up Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2027080 Recv Desc Error : 0 Recv Out of Mem : 0 Recv Upper Layer Full: 0 Recv Other Error : 0 Recv Restarts : 0 Recv Restarts Fatal : 0 -- Dataplane ethernet statistics -- Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Packets : Desc Error : Out of Mem : Pause Pkts : Other Error: 590000 0 0 0 0 bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :0 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd
PAGE 106
0xb9125000 0xb92f0000 0xb931a000 0xb93a3000 0xb93bd000 0xb93d1000 0xb9470000 0xb94c8000 0xb9560000 0xb99e0000 0xb957f000 0xb9594000 0xb95a8000 select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait running running running running select_wait select_wait 154 ----RW---f 2455 CLIInit 0.31 0.43 54 ----RW---f 86 DHCLIENT 0.01 0.00 54 ----RW---f 1 cms 0.00 0.00 54 ----RW---f 6672 portmirr 0.24 0.25 54 ----RW---f 2 cfgDataS 0.00 0.00 54 ----RW---f 2 sysCompM 0.00 0.
PAGE 107
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 108
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 109
------------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 9056 up 9056 1 2 up up 9037 up 9037 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up NA 1 2 up AC up NA Unit TotalPower AvgPower AvgPowerStartTime -----------------------------------------------1 30 26 05/25/2017-19:18 show inventory Display the switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking OS version, including hardware identificat
PAGE 110
When feature extender bridge is enabled on C9000, the pe option displays port extender inventory for a specified PE. Example Dell#show inventory Chassis Type Chassis Mode Software Version Slot Type 0 819 4 0 435 4 1 662 6 2 701 0 3 086 6 4 944 2 5 417 8 6 510 6 7 945 8 8 803 4 * 0 342 6 1 816 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 : C9010 : 1.
PAGE 111
Related Commands ● show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. ● show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show linecard Display the linecard(s) status. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show linecard [slot-id [brief] | all] slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a slot ID to view information on the line card in that slot. For the C9010, the range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 112
show linecard output Field Description Jumbo Capable Displays Yes or No indicating if the line card can support Jumbo frames. Boot Flash Ver Displays the two possible Bootflash versions. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot. Memory Size List the memory of the line card processor. Temperature Displays the temperature of the line card. Minor alarm status if the temperature is over 65° C.
PAGE 113
Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Power Status Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Dell# Example (CSeries) Example (brief) Related Commands : : : : : : : : : : : : : 12 hr, 37 min 6.2.1.x yes A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.
PAGE 114
Parameters Defaults all (Optional)Displays the login statistics of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period. time-period days (Optional)Displays the number of failed login attempts by the current user in the specified period.
PAGE 115
Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics all command. DellEMC#show login statistics all -----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: 08:54:28 UTC Wed Mar 23 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 116
The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user login-id command. DellEMC# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user admin There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics successful-attempts command. DellEMC#show login statistics successful-attempts There were 4 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s).
PAGE 117
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the LP. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted. ● In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes.
PAGE 118
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. lp Enter the keyword lp to view CPU usage for the Line Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 119
0x000001f4 0x000000df 0x000000d7 0x00000095 0x00000079 0x00000043 0x00000013 0x00000002 0x00000001 0x00000327 0x0000029d 0x00000250 0x0000024a Example show processes rp 1090 3140 0 750 40 10 610 40 0 100 10 10 190 109 314 0 75 4 1 61 4 0 10 1 1 19 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 120
0x4bea8020 0x4c60c020 0x4c5f3020 0x4c5dd020 0x4c5c7020 0x4beab020 0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all 0 820 200 0 30 2410 3050 4210 80 0 8530 440 1430 560 7120 0 82 20 0 3 241 305 421 8 0 853 44 143 56 712 0 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 121
show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show processes ipc [recv-stats | send-stats] [cp | rp | lp | pe {slot-id | all}] recv-stats Enter the keyword recv-stats to display information on IPC receiver-side messages. send-stats Enter the keyword send-stats to display information on IPC sender-side messages. cp Enter the keyword cp to view IPC message statistics on the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 122
destination Success - No of successfull guaranteed IPC packets sent from source to destination 1st-R - No of first retry attempts 2nd-R - No of second retry attempts Fails - No of guaranteed IPC pkts that could not be transmitted RTT(ms) - Avg. Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG-S - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent.
PAGE 123
129024 1 LCMGR: 2 129024 1 EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 129024 1 DIAGMGR: 0 129024 1 DIAGAGT: 5 129024 0 DIAGAGT: 5 129024 1 EVHDLR: 0 129024 1 EVHDLR: 0 129024 1 DNLDAGENT: 5 129024 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 129024 1 SYSADMTSK: 5 129024 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 129024 1 PMMGR: 5 129024 0 PMMGR: 5 129024 1 KPLR: 5 129024 0 KPLR: 5 129024 1 KPLR: 5 129024 0 TIMERMGR: 5 129024 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 129024 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 129024 1 F10STKMGR: 5 129024 0 F10STKMGR: 5 129024 1 ENVMGR: 5 129024 0 ACL: 0 184320 8 ACL_AGENT: 0 129024 1 ACL_AGENT: 2 129024
PAGE 124
129024 10 0 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 129024 1 0 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 129024 7 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 2 0 0 2 0 0 5 35450 0 5 0 0 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show processes ipc flow-control [cp | lp | pe | rp {slot-id | all}] Parameters Defaults cp Enter the keyword cp to view SWPQ statistics for the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 125
Field Description Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time Timeout Timeout count Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Available Retra Number of retries left Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: ● The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and rec
PAGE 126
21 14 17 1 0 40 67 11 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe IFMGR0 21 IFMGR0 14 IFMGR0 17 IFMGR0 1 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 40 IFMGR0 67 IFMGR0 11 IFMGR0 12 IFMGR0 10 IFMGR0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 OFMGR0 60 ACL0 60 60 VRRP0 60 60 PIM0 5 5 MACMGR0 60 60 L2PM0 60 60 DIFFSERV0 60 60 RTM0 60 60 LLDP0 60 60 MRTM0 60 60 IPMGR1 60 60 LACP0 60 60 ACL_AGENT2 50 50 IGMP0 50 50 IFAGT2 60 60 60 Dell#show processes ipc 0 16 1 1 0 8 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 127
memory usage on all line card CPUs. Enter linecard summary to display a summary of memory usage on all line card CPUs. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID.pe-id. Range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit-number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 128
The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the Control Processor. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted. ● In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes.
PAGE 129
dla tsm fmg fileProc sysAdmTsk Example: show processes memory cp 416 15136 766560 416 42028 0 0 0 0 0 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : CurrentUsed: 804720640, CurrentFree: SharedUsed : 9776664, SharedFree : PID Process Current 597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 m
PAGE 130
Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory rp Dell#show processes memory lp summary Memory utilization Total MaxUsed CurrentUsed CurrentFree ------------------ -------------- -------------- ------------------------------LP2 3203928064 384765952 8456566 3195471498 Dell#show processes memory lp all Memory Statistics Of Linecard Processor On Slot 2 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 3203928064, MaxUsed: 3
PAGE 131
433430 400482 389 arpm 301456 301456 367 lacp 598792 598792 349 tnlmgr 466666 466666 329 otm 363396 363396 333 dsm 1094262 1094262 323 rtm 3109744 3109744 315 rip 198216 198216 309 acl 1259692 1259692 302 sysd 965786 965786 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 4644864 925696 301456 0 5390336 327680 598792 0 4554752 131072 466666 0 4718592 258048 363396 0 7159808 2154496 109426
PAGE 132
Example show processes memory pe 4 all Dell#show processes memory pe 4 all Memory Statistics Of PE-unit Processor 0 On PEID 4 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 343920640, CurrentUsed: 343920640, CurrentFree: 729821184 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 clish 57344 0 0 4845568 login 163840 0 0 5197824 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 PEMgr 421888 0 0 9150464 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 brm
PAGE 133
Usage Information You can use the show reset-reason without the stack-unit option to view the reason for the last system reboot of the local system. Example — Unknown reason If the reason for the last system reboot is not available, the system displays the reason as N/A.
PAGE 134
stack-unit 5 A stack-unit 6 A stack-unit 7 N/A N/ N/A N/ N/A N/A show rpm View the current status of the RPM. C9000 Series Syntax show rpm [slot-id [brief] | all] Parameters slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the RPM slot-ID zero (0) or 1. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present RPMs. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of RPM information.
PAGE 135
Example Field Description CP Boot Flash Displays the two possible Boot Flash versions for the control processor. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot. RP Boot Flash Displays the Boot Flash version for the Routing Processor. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot. CP Mem Size Displays the memory of the control processor. RP Mem Size Displays the memory of the Routing Processor.
PAGE 136
Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.0) Jumbo Capable : yes Dell#show rpm all -- Route Processor Modules -Slot Status NxtBoot Version -------------------------------------------------------0 active online 9.9(0.0) 1 booting Related Commands ● show chassis – view information on all elements of the system. ● show linecard– view information on a line card. show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data.
PAGE 137
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 138
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 139
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced save to the file options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Without the page or linecard option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command.
PAGE 140
Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : Not supported Max Required Power : 205 Boot Flash : 3.3.1.15 Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
PAGE 141
16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 48-port GE 96 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ------------------------------------ show clock -------------------------11:41:10.577 UTC Thu Sep 17 2015 ----------------------------------- show HA information -------------- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 1 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 9.9(0.
PAGE 142
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 143
Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h14m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics:
PAGE 144
Output Statistics: 3978357 packets, 4298183062 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023-byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 145
f10appioserv ipm1 f10appioserv sysdlp f10appioserv sysd flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent brAgent nvAgent 180224 5087232 184320 23752704 180224 31113216 24576 49152 2646016 2646016 2658304 2658304 2658304 2658304 2646016 2646016 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 2605478 305820 3272305868 24254 1247242 155698 4566 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2484600 281588 3272301020 0 612868 82
PAGE 146
CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x4bb7c020 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 POEAgt 0x4bb7a020 128330 12833 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 diagagt 0x4bc3a020 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 debugagt 0x4bc26020 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 F10StkMgr 0x4bc10020 252250 25225 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 envmgr 0x4bb62020 244950 24495 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 lcMgr 0x4bb61020 15800 1580 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 147
-----------------------------------------------------------------------1 0 up up 9056 up 9056 Speed in RPM -- Unit 3 -Unit Type : Standby Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
PAGE 148
3 C1048P-01-1G-48 NA 7590009701 NA 1 C1048P-PWR-AC N/A N/A 1 C1048P-FAN N/A N/A 3 C1048P-PWR-AC A N/A 3 C1048P-FAN A N/A * 1 usbflash: 40962316 A N/A NA 001 US-0F14T0-77951-3AG-000A 01 - 11.
PAGE 149
Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: Te 1/1 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: Te 1/2 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 1/1 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_PLUS: Optics SFP+ inserted in slot 1 port 1 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-U
PAGE 150
Related Commands ● show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version. ● show system — displays the current switch status. ● show environment — displays the system component status. show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold cpu Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 151
show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 152
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. . Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 153
Example Example: show version all Lines Beginning With Lines Beginning With 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4095) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 154
System image file is "system://B" System Type: C1048P Control Processor: Broadcom 56340 (ver A0) with 1 Gbytes (1073741824 bytes) of memory, cores(s) 1. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 4 48-port GE (VE) 192 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) PE-ID: 100 ---------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 155
ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. source-interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface.
PAGE 156
terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax terminal length screen-length Parameters Defaults screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 157
● 30 hops max ● 40 byte packet size ● UDP port = 33434 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 158
----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 159
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe pe-id [stackunit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
PAGE 160
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. C9000 Series Syntax util—threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {all | cp |lp slot–id | pe | rp} {high {0-100} | low {0-100}} Parameters cpu-utilizationtime Enter one of the following values to configure the threshold level for the time in which a switch CPU can be used: ● 5 sec ● 1 min ● 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 161
Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the CPU utilization thresholds in a dual-homing setup. NOTE: The 5 sec util-threshold cpu command is disabled by default on all switches. To enable the command, enter util-threshold cpu 5sec all high {value greater than zero}. To disable the Syslog and traps for the 5 sec CPU utilization thresholds, enter util-threshold cpu 5sec all high 0 or no util-threshold cpu 5sec {all | cp | lp slot-id | pe | rp }.
PAGE 162
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When the total memory utilization for a CPU exceeds the configured high/low threshold for a given time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. If a low threshold value is not specified, the low threshold value is set to the same value as the high threshold value.
PAGE 163
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each.
PAGE 164
Usage Information 164 Version Description E-Series Original command. The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration. When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup-config not named “startup-configuration,” the running-config is not saved to that file.
PAGE 165
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 166
Defaults secondary Enter the keyword secondary to use the secondary Dell Networking OS image. ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp:// userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://hostip/filepath. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 167
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 168
To copy a file on a NFS-mounted system enter nfsmount://
PAGE 169
When copying a file to a remote location (for example, using Secure Copy [SCP]), enter only the keywords and Dell Networking OS prompts you for the rest of the information. For example, when using SCP, you can enter copy running-config scp: where running-config is the source and the target is specified in the ensuing prompts. Dell Networking OS prompts you to enter any required information, as needed for the named destination — remote destination, destination filename, user ID, password, etc.
PAGE 170
Destination file name [startup-config]: User name to login remote host: spbalaji Password to login remote host: ! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell#copy tftp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 1.1.1.1 Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash.
PAGE 171
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added thenfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 172
on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system. ● For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name. flash: | usbflash: For PE Console. Enter one of the following: ● For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path.
PAGE 173
Example (PE Console) Dell#dir Directory of flash: 1 drwx 4096 Jan 2 drwx 1536 Jun 3 drwx 4096 Jun 4 drwx 4096 Jun 5 drwx 8192 Jun 6 d--4096 Jun 7 drwx 4096 Jun 8 -rwx 19705 Jun Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt 01 23 01 01 01 01 01 08 1980 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 00:00:00 06:07:25 19:37:48 19:37:52 19:37:52 19:37:56 19:38:00 23:41:44 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 . ..
PAGE 174
mkdir Create a directory on the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax mkdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 175
pwd Display the current working directory. C9000 Syntax pwd From a PE console, use pwd to view the current working directory. Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 176
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 177
When restoring factory default settings, a switch remains in standalone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command. Example Dell#restore factory-defaults chassis clear-all *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and resets all persistent settings (stacking, * * fanout, etc.
PAGE 178
show boot bmp Display the current state of bare metal provisioning (BMP) or the jump-start process. C9000 Series Syntax show boot bmp Parameters Defaults bmp Display the current information on the state of BMP or the jump-start process. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 179
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 180
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4079.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.
PAGE 181
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file flash://startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4079) ! Last configuration change at Wed Jun 24 02:02:40 2015 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Wed Jun 24 02:02:44 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary tftp://10.11.227.
PAGE 182
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 183
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. C9000 Series Syntax show os-version [file-url] From a PE console, use show os-version to view the release and software image information. Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath.
PAGE 184
--------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.0) CP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) LP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) RP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) cp passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PAGE 185
runtime runtime runtime 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) LP RP cp passed passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PAGE 186
Type PoE Controller Example: PE Console Version 2.65 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.
PAGE 187
crypto for the current crypto configuration dcb-bufferthreshold for the current Buffer Threshold configuration dcb-map for the current dcb-map configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration extcommunitylist for the current extended community-list configuration fcoe-map for the current fcoe-map configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration ftp for the current FTP configura
PAGE 188
for the current output policy map configuration po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos for the current qos configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration
PAGE 189
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 190
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4074) ! Last configuration change at Mon Jun 22 07:48:07 2015 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Mon Jun 22 12:40:26 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary system: A: boot system rpm0 secondary ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4046.
PAGE 191
rpm slot-id Enter the keyword rpm to upgrade Control and Route processors of the RPM . To upgrade standby RPM execute the command from primary RPM with rpmA: | rpmB:,option. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and specify the port extender ID number. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. Enter pe all to upgrade all port extenders attached to the C9010. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack unit number. The stack unit number range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 192
Examples (upgrade bootflash-image all booted) Dell#upgrade bootflash-image all booted Current Boot information in the system: ============================================ Card BootFlash Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------------rpm 0 (CP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 rpm 0 (RP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 Linecard10 Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.
PAGE 193
flash:// Default Enter the location of the OS6 files on a flash drive. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 If you previously installed Dell Networking OS 9.x.x.
PAGE 194
Example Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin: e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 SHA256 hash VERIFIED for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 195
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 196
• • • • • dot1x mac show show show tx-period dot1x cos-mapping interface dot1x interface dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
PAGE 197
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 198
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address.
PAGE 199
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 200
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface.
PAGE 201
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 400 Enable 400 3 Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that
PAGE 202
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 203
● Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. ● Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to enable single-host or multi-host authentication in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
PAGE 204
Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE ITNERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 205
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 206
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Error Strings NONE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 207
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated.
PAGE 208
Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 209
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 210
Example Dell(conf)#do show dot1x interface ten gigabit ethernet 0/41 802.
PAGE 211
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
PAGE 212
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 213
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.
PAGE 214
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 215
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 5 seconds 60 seconds 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 0/21 802.
PAGE 216
show dot1x profile Display all the dot1x profiles or the details of a specific profile configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show dot1x profile profile-name Parameters Defaults profile-name Specify a static dot1x profile-name. The maximum character limit for a profile name is 32 characters. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 217
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 218
Parameters Defaults remark-number (Optional) Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535 for MAC ACL and 0 to 4294967290 for IP ACL. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured.
PAGE 219
assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# show config ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.
PAGE 220
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-ext-nacl)#show conf ! ip access-list extended patches Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 221
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlanid] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id][layer3] command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 222
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 223
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14.2.8 Introduced on all platforms. You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 224
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 225
Example Dell#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface tengig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) seq 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 seq 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 seq 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 seq 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.0 /16 Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs.
PAGE 226
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 227
Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. After enabling the acloptimized feature, reboot the system. DellEMC(conf)#feature acloptimized Configuration change will be in effect after save and reload.
PAGE 228
Usage Information The system supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the C9000, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the C9000 Configuration Guide. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to create a standard IP access list in a dualhoming setup.
PAGE 229
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 230
access-list-name Enter the name of a configured ACL. Defaults StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. For IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs, the range is 0 to 4294967290; for MAC ACLs, the range is 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. For IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs, the range is 0 to 4294967290; for MAC ACLs, the range is 0 to 65535. The sequence number of ACL entries increases in multiples of 5; for example, seq 5, seq 10, seq 15 ...
PAGE 231
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.
PAGE 232
Defaults dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 233
● If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes.
PAGE 234
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. If you do not attach an ingress or egress access-list to an interface, no information displays and you return to the DELL# prompt.
PAGE 235
Defaults mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes.
PAGE 236
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 237
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 238
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tosunreachable Host unreachable for TOS host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unreachable information-reply Information replies informationrequest Information requests mask-reply Mask replies mask-request Mask requests mobile-redirect Mobile host redirect net-redirect Network redirect net-tos-redirect Network redirect for TOS net-tosunreachable Network unreachable for TOS net-unreachabl
PAGE 239
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable All unreachables deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 240
● ● ● ● Defaults 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 241
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 242
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 243
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the C9000 Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 244
Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. cpu-qos Defaults Enter the keyword cpu-qos to configure an extended IP ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for control-plane policing (CoPP). All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 245
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. Parameters Defaults source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 246
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide.
PAGE 247
Defaults bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 248
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 249
Defaults order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 250
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 251
Defaults port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 252
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 253
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 254
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operands: ● ● ● ● ● port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number.
PAGE 255
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 256
ACL VLAN Group Commands Use the commands in this section to configure ACL VLAN groups and CAM optimization for ACLs applied to VLAN groups. acl-vlan-group Create an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Term heading Description heading Syntax acl-vlan-group group name To remove an ACL VLAN group, use the no acl-vlan-group group name command. Parameters Default group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum).
PAGE 257
Parameters Default default Reset the number of FP blocks to the default value. By default, 0 FP blocks of CAM are allocated for ACL VLAN services, such as iSCSI counters, Open Flow, and ACL VLAN optimization. NOTE: CAM optimization for ACL VLAN groups is not enabled by default. You must allocate FP blocks of ACL VLAN CAM to enable ACL CAM optimization. vlanopenflow <0-2> Allocate a number FP blocks of CAM for VLAN Open Flow operations.
PAGE 258
member vlan (ACL VLAN Group) Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax member vlan {VLAN-range} Parameters VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Default None Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 259
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. Usage Information When an ACL VLAN group name or the access-list name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show show acl-vlan-group group-name command output. Examples The following example displays the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
PAGE 260
Usage Information After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization. The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-acl-vlan command: Table 1. show cam-acl-vlan Command Description Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level.
PAGE 261
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show runningconfig acl-vlan-group option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated.
PAGE 262
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac control-plane egress-acl Enable user egress ACL for L2 control traffic on control plane.
PAGE 263
vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). NOTE: This option is available only with the keywordin option. Defaults in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 264
acl_name word Enter the acl_name word , up to 140 characters, for specified access-list. interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: interface ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and then enter a number. The C-Series and S-Series range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and then enter the slot/port information.
PAGE 265
seq 5 deny any order 2 seq 10 permit 00:33:00:11:00:77 33:44:55:66:77:88 count (0 packets) show mac accounting access-list This command displays ACL Mac accounting information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac accounting access-list {acl_name} {interface | cam_count} access-list Display accounting information of all L2 access-lists configured. acl_name Display accounting information for specified access-list.
PAGE 266
Standard MAC ACL Commands The following commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a matching MAC address, configure a filter.
PAGE 267
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 268
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The system supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface.
PAGE 269
Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated.
PAGE 270
seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-sourceaddress-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 271
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 272
mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-destination- Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 273
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 274
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. If you configure an extended MAC ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure an extended MAC access control list in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 275
mac-destination- Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. address-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
PAGE 276
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 277
Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated.
PAGE 278
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] Parameters Defaults prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 279
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 280
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands show ip route list — displays IP routes in an IP prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 281
seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefixlength} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ipprefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number]. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 65534.
PAGE 282
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 283
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 284
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 285
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue).
PAGE 286
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 287
match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name. Not configured.
PAGE 288
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 289
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 290
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 291
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type.
PAGE 292
match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters Defaults egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS.
PAGE 293
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 294
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 295
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 296
Usage Information Related Commands You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. match as-path — redistributes routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. ip as-path access-list — configures an AS-PATH access list. neighbor filter-list — configures a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists.
PAGE 297
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 298
set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. C9000 Series Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {communitynumber | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command. Parameters communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 299
match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. ]neighbor send-community — assigns the COMMUNITY attribute. show ip bgp community — displays BGP community groups. show ip community-lists — displays configured Community access lists. set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter.
PAGE 300
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 301
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 302
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution.
PAGE 303
If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable. Related Commands match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command.
PAGE 304
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 305
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero.
PAGE 306
show route-map Display the current route map configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show route-map [map-name] Parameters map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 307
ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 308
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list 1 permit ^$ permit ^$.*$$ deny .* ip as-path access-list 91 permit ^$ deny .* permit ^$.*$$ Dell# IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to
PAGE 309
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)#ip community-list TestComList Dell(config-community-list)# show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip community-lists [name] name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 310
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
PAGE 311
The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.
PAGE 312
bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 313
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 314
multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. ● Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 315
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
PAGE 316
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 route bfd Enable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes.
PAGE 317
Example Version Description 9.11(2.5) Introduced the ipv6 route bfd command on the Z9100–ON. DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd vrf vrf1 prefix-list p6_le ip ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPF neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 318
To disable BFD on a specific interface while you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode, use the keyword disable. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 319
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 320
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 321
detail Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed information about BFD neighbors. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced the vrf keyword. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 322
Statistics: Number of packets received from neighbor: 376 Number of packets sent to neighbor: 314 Number of state changes: 2 Number of messages from IFA about port state change: 0 Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# Related Commands bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors.
PAGE 323
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP.
PAGE 324
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 325
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes.
PAGE 326
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
PAGE 327
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor add-path — specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs.
PAGE 328
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 329
To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 330
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 331
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED.
PAGE 332
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 333
cluster-id command. Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster. The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients.
PAGE 334
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters Defaults as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
PAGE 335
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
PAGE 336
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred.
PAGE 337
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions.
PAGE 338
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — views the information the BGP neighbors exchange. show ip protocols — views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. C9000 Series Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command.
PAGE 339
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router.
PAGE 340
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency.
PAGE 341
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 342
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 343
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 344
Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 345
command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer. If the request is indeed negotiated (after executing the clear ip bgp soft in command), BGP sends a route-refresh request to the neighbor and receives all of the peer’s updates. Related Commands clear ip bgp — activates inbound policies without resetting the BGP TCP session. capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 346
Parameters Defaults 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 347
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information.
PAGE 348
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 349
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
PAGE 350
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 351
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to debug BGP information corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 352
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 353
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 354
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 355
debug ip bgp notifications View information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
PAGE 356
To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peergroup-name] soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging on that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 357
peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group-name group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. prefix-list prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list then the name of an established list-name prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
PAGE 358
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only.
PAGE 359
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 360
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
PAGE 361
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/ Subsequent Address Family Identifier). C9000 Series Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 362
Defaults both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 363
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command.
PAGE 364
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Defaults Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 365
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor.
PAGE 366
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 367
To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} dmzlink-bw command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer. peer-group Enter the name of the peer group. dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 368
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
PAGE 369
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 370
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. Defaults as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format).
PAGE 371
warning-only Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If this parameter is not set, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached. threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 372
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the all keyword on the S4810, S4820, S4048–ON, S3048–ON, S3100 series, S6010–ON, S4040T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100– ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command.
PAGE 373
Usage Information Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection. Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established.
PAGE 374
When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 375
neighbor shutdown — disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured.
PAGE 376
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Defaults Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 377
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number.
PAGE 378
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 379
If the clients of a route reflector are fully meshed, you can configure the route reflector to not reflect routes to specified clients by using the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping.
PAGE 380
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 381
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session.
PAGE 382
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 383
neighbor timers extended Set idle hold time for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers extended idle holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peergroup-name} timers extended idle holdtime command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the peer router in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 384
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced ont he C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session.
PAGE 385
Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network.
PAGE 386
Usage Information Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes. As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM.
PAGE 387
permit bandwidth Specify link bandwidth extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 388
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 389
route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 390
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted.
PAGE 391
shutdown all Disables all the BGP neighbors. Syntax shutdown all Use the no shutdown all command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors. This command is global for all VRFs.
PAGE 392
shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
PAGE 393
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001 0181a1e4 0181a25c 41af9400 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Outgoing packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 394
Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
PAGE 395
paths (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword paths to view the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the peer–group–name to view the information on group-name the BGP peers in a peer group. regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp then the regular expressions to display BGP information based on a regular expression. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the summary of BGP neighbor status.
PAGE 396
best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZLink-bw along with other extended communities. Dell EMC#show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.
PAGE 397
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 398
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 399
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 400
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 401
Example Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#conf t Dell(conf)#ip community-list cl1 Dell(config-community-list)#permit 1000:1 Dell(config-community-list)#end Dell#show ip bgp community-list cl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 402
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.
PAGE 403
show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 404
TxOpCodeP 0x41a1b760 TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : FastExtFallover 1 : FastIntFallover 0 : Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : Redi
PAGE 405
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 406
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filter-list as-path-name Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 407
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 408
regexp regular- expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match. The range is 256 characters. ● ● ● ● . * + ? = = = = (period) any single character (including a white space). (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences).
PAGE 409
best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:00 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
PAGE 410
Example Dell>show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.100 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.
PAGE 411
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [ network [ network-mask ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors.
PAGE 412
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
PAGE 413
Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Received 50 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 34 updates 15 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 18 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 0 updates 16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(
PAGE 414
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 415
● ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 416
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 416 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 417
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 418
show ip bgp peer-group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 419
Line beginning Description with: Example Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 420
● ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.
PAGE 421
*> *> 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 0 200 i 0 200 i show ip bgp summary View the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 422
peer, an entry for each peer is created, as the next-hop is different. As a result, the BGP attributes count in the summary output differs accordingly. The following describes the show ip bgp summary command shown in the following example. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version.
PAGE 423
Field Description If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example Dell#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 192.168.11.
PAGE 424
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. C9000 Series Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead.
PAGE 425
Usage Information Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, and S6000–ON. The peer remains in idle state based on the configured idle-holdtime. The less the idle-holdtime, lesser the peer in idle state. For the new idle-holdtime to take effect, you need to shutdown all the peers manually using neighbor shutdown command and enable the peers again.
PAGE 426
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes.
PAGE 427
The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 428
The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 429
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 430
description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters Defaults line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 431
Usage Information Example This mode changes the prompt. Dell(conf)#ip extcommunity-list test Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# match extcommunity To match an extended community in the Route Map mode, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters Defaults extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list.
PAGE 432
Parameters Defaults rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin). as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value).
PAGE 433
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature.
PAGE 434
Usage Information Related Commands If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: ● If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. ● If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. ● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 435
● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets. Related Commands set extcommunity rt — sets the extended community route origins using the route-map. show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. C9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information.
PAGE 436
300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 437
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 438
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
PAGE 439
address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). C9000 Series Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters Defaults ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 440
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 441
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 442
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 443
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 444
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
PAGE 445
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
PAGE 446
incremented. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable enforce-first-as, you can view it using the show ip protocols command. Related Commands ● show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. ● show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails.
PAGE 447
When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2– or 4-Byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 448
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems.
PAGE 449
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
PAGE 450
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 451
Version Description 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
PAGE 452
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced ● clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. ● show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. ● capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 453
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family.
PAGE 454
multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies.
PAGE 455
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as- path-name regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 456
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] Parameters network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128.
PAGE 457
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 458
Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
PAGE 459
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 460
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 461
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 462
Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes.
PAGE 463
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 464
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 465
seconds Defaults Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers. ● seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) ● seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 466
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 467
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
PAGE 468
To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Disabled.
PAGE 469
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 470
Defaults threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If you do not set this parameter, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached.
PAGE 471
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
PAGE 472
● show ip bgp peer-group – view BGP peers. ● show ip bgp neighborsshow ip bgp neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured.
PAGE 473
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 474
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 475
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster.
PAGE 476
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 477
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters Defaults subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0::0/0.
PAGE 478
The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands ● show ip bgp summary – displays the current BGP configuration. ● show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 479
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 480
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path.
PAGE 481
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: name ● ● ● ● match ipv6 address match ipv6 next-hop match ipv6 route-source set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 482
Usage Information Though the software does not generate a route due to backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/ sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 483
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external | 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
PAGE 484
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. C9000 Series Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 485
neighbor 4000::60 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes.
PAGE 486
● ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. ● [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ● ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
PAGE 487
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 488
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes.
PAGE 489
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 490
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 491
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 492
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 493
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path.
PAGE 494
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 495
BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 496
To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtimer Enter the time interval in seconds which the software waits since the last keepalive message before declaring a BGP peer dead. The range is 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds.
PAGE 497
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 498
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 499
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 500
vman-dual-qos number Ipv4pbr number Enter the keyword vman-dual-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN dual QoS. The range is from 0 to 4. Enter the keyword ipv4pbr and then the number of FP blocks for ipv4pbr ACL. The range is from 0 to 8. Openflow number Enter the keyword openflow and then the number of FP blocks for open flow (multiples of 4). The range is from 0 to 8. fcoeacl number Enter the keyword fcoeacl and then the number of FP blocks for FCOE ACL. The range is from 0 to 6.
PAGE 501
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. Only 12 number of blocks can be configured by the user .
PAGE 502
cam-acl-egress-pe Allocate CAM for egress ACLs on the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress-pe {12acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Defaults l2acl Allocates space for the L2 ACL. The default value is 5 ipv4acl Allocates space for the L3 ACL. The default value is 2. ipv6acl Allocates space for the IPv6 L3 ACL. The default value is 2 None Command Modes CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 503
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Guidelines Select the CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, and Policy-based Routing (PBR). Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-memor copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 12 FP Blocks.
PAGE 504
cam-threshold Configure CAM threshold value for sending the syslog message on CAM usage. Configure silence period for stop receiving syslog message on CAM usage. Syntax cam-threshold threshold {default | threshold-percent} silence-period {default | silence-period-value} Defaults Enabled Parameters threshold default Enter the keyword default for CAM usage threshold for notification of the CAM usage through syslog message. The default threshold value is 90 percent.
PAGE 505
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 506
Table 2.
PAGE 507
show cam-usage acl Command Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============ 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 0 | 1008 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3: Output of the show cam-usage router Command Example 4: Output of the show cam-usage switch Command show cam-acl-pe Display details of global ingress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender.
PAGE 508
show cam-acl-egress-pe Display details of the global egress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-egress-pe Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 509
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
PAGE 510
● The UFT mode configuration is applied to the entire system when you use the CONFIGURATION mode commands. Save the running-configuration to affect the change. ● You MUST save your changes and reboot the system for UFT mode profiling to take effect. show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. Syntax show hardware forwarding-table mode Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 511
Usage Information This command takes effect only after reboot. On the C9010, OpenFlow supports only the scaled-l3-hosts hardware forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 3), providing a unified forwarding table (UFT) of: ● L2 MAC entries: 160K ● L3 host entries: 144K ● L3 route entries: 16K OpenFlow does not support the scaled-l3-routes forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 4) on the C9010.
PAGE 512
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 513
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 514
Example Dell#clear control-traffic queue 2 counters Dell# control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 515
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP.
PAGE 516
show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. C9000 Series Syntax show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number portset port-pipe ] counters Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for rate-limited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP).
PAGE 517
GVRP 14988129080 ARP RESP/ARP REQ 29604578172 802.
PAGE 518
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 519
Usage Information Example: C9000 Series Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command displays the currently configured control-plane queue rate at the aggregated switch.
PAGE 520
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for IPv4 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 521
Usage Information The show output displays information CPU traffic flows for supported IPv6 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 522
Example Dell#show mac protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Destination Mac EtherType EgPort Rate (kbps) --------------------------------------------ARP any 0x0806 RP 100 FRRP 01:01:e8:00:00:10/11 any LP 300 LACP 01:80:c2:00:00:02 0x8809 RP 500 LLDP any 0x88cc CP 500 GVRP 01:80:c2:00:00:21 any RP 200 STP 01:80:c2:00:00:00 any RP 150 ISIS 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 any RP 500 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any RP 500 Queue ----Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 CP/ Q19 Q13 Q6 Q12 Q13 Q13 Q13 show protocol-queue-mapping Display the protocol-queue m
PAGE 523
STP 150 1000 LLDP 500 1000 PVST 200 1000 LACP 500 1000 ARP 100 800 GVRP 200 1000 FRRP 300 1000 ECFM 150 1000 ISIS 500 3000 L2PT 150 1000 v6 BGP 2500 2000 v6 OSPF 2500 2000 v6 VRRP 400 2000 MLD 150 500 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 100 500 IPv6 DHCP 1200 2000 v6 RAGUARD 600 1000 v6 ICMP NA 600 1000 v6 ICMP RA 600 1000 v6 ICMP NS 600 1000 v6 ICMP RS 600 1000 v6 ICMP 300 2000 BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 524
FTP 400 3000 TELNET 400 2000 SSH 400 2000 VLT GARP 500 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - RP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - HA 2000 3000 VLT CTRL 2000 3000 VLT IPM PDU 500 3000 VLT TTL1 100 500 HYPERPULL 500 1000 OPENFLOW 300 1000 FEFD 150 1000 TRACEFLOW 200 500 FCoE 300 2000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 400 5000 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 200 3000 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 200 500 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 200 500 ACL LOGGING 200 1000 L3 HEADER ERROR/TTL0 200 500 IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN
PAGE 525
TELNET 400 2000 SSH 400 2000 VLT GARP 500 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU 2000 3000 VLT IPM PDU 500 3000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 400 5000 Q3 Q3 Q3/Q10 Q3 Q3/Q10 Q3/Q10 Q3 2000 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 CP 400 CP 400 CP/RP 500 CP 2000 CP/RP 2000 CP/RP 500 CP 400 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 525
PAGE 526
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 527
Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 528
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON and S6100–ON. pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority — displays the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit.
PAGE 529
dcb-input To apply pause or flow control for specified priorities using a configure delay time, create a DCB input policy. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-input policy-name To delete the DCB input policy, use the no dcb-input command. Parameters Defaults policy-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 530
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 531
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 532
dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action.
PAGE 533
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 534
Example Dell# show dcb stack-unit 1 port-set 0 DCB Status : Enabled PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority View the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. Syntax show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit stack-unit-number port-set port-pipe Parameters stack-unit stack- Enter the keywords stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 unit-number to 5.
PAGE 535
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/ port command.
PAGE 536
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: SCSI TLV Tx Status Status of ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Local FCOE Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs. Application Priority TLV: Local ISCSI Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 537
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quanta Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Re
PAGE 538
show interface pfc statistics Display counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax show interface port-type slot/port pfc statistics Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 539
Te Te Te Te Te Te 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -----------------------------------------------------------------------Te 10/1 P0 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P1 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P2 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P3 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P4 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P5 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P6 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P7 0 0 0 ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 540
Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: ● Apply the dcb-input policy command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. ● Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface.
PAGE 541
dcb-policy output Apply the output policy with the ETS configuration to an egress interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-policy output policy-name To delete the output policy, use the no dcb-policy output command. Parameters Defaults policy-name Enter the output policy name. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 542
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. show interfaces ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 543
Field Description Max Supported TC Group Maximum number of priority groups supported. Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. Admin Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 544
4 5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco
PAGE 545
7 - - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is
PAGE 546
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
PAGE 547
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% % BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) TSA Burst(KB) --------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 548
Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 - - - - - ETS - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell N
PAGE 549
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco.
PAGE 550
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports.
PAGE 551
debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging. Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters Defaults {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers.
PAGE 552
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 553
show interface dcbx detail Display the DCBX configuration on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 554
Field Description Local DCBX DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port autoConfigured mode configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer). Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters. Local DCBX TLVs Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at Transmitted the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs.
PAGE 555
E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Oper
PAGE 556
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-map map-name Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 557
Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.
PAGE 558
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
PAGE 559
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validaiton is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
PAGE 560
Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode.
PAGE 561
Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities.
PAGE 562
size Default Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 563
Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues.
PAGE 564
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. Syntax show hardware stack-unit stack-unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit number resource X history Y Parameters stack-unit unit- number buffer-statssnapshot unit Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
PAGE 565
following informational message is displayed on the console:%Info: Data for instance id id is not available. For example, if you configured 5 as the maximum instances with linear periodicity and a polling interval of 10 seconds, 1 as the multiplier, then 5 instances will be polled at 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 seconds incrementally. If you attempt to enter the show command to display the fifth instance after 30 seconds of enabling polling, the aforementioned information message is shown.
PAGE 566
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS -------
PAGE 567
Example: Number If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only of instances two instances are displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 568
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 To determine the port that is congested and monitor all the unicast Queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue ucast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCA
PAGE 569
2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS ----------------------------------
PAGE 570
PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilo
PAGE 571
The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support. Although the queue limit per port is a baseline when dynamic buffering is enabled, the limit per port for queues depends on the availability of the buffer.
PAGE 572
Field Description pause-threshold- Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. value Example resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system.
PAGE 573
-------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface gigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20/1 pfc buffer-thre
PAGE 574
dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb {ets | pfc} enable ● To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. ● To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command. Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3 (0.
PAGE 575
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: ● Offline Diagnostic Commands ● Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 576
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7. alllevels Enter the keyword all levels to run the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board.
PAGE 577
At the end of offline diagnostic tests, a test report is generated. The filename of the report is TestReport{CP/LP/RP}-N.txt, where {CP/LP/RP}-N identifies the CPU and CPU ID on which the diagnostics were run: Route Processor 0, Control Processor 0, and a line-card CPU {0–2}. The report is stored at flash:// and ramdisk:/diagnostic. Offline diag test reports for port extender (PE) are stored in the following directory: flash:/default_diag_report_dir.
PAGE 578
offline system Place the switch in the offline state in order to run diagnostic tests. C9000 Series Syntax offline system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 579
NOTE: The pe option is only available when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack—unit unit-number parameters to display the offline diagnostic test results of a specified stack-unit. information Enter the keyword information to view the current diag information in the system. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic test run on a specified line card.
PAGE 580
Current diag status : Card diags are in progress. Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:04 AM Last notification message : Testing ... rtcTest Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a line card Dell#show file TestReport-LP-0.
PAGE 581
Starting test: pcieScanTest ...... 17 PCI devices installed out of 17 pcieScanTest ................................................ PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ................................................. PASS Starting test: showTemperature ...... +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[0] is 42.0 C +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[1] is 33.0 C +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[2] is 34.0 C +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[3] is 255.
PAGE 582
fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rt
PAGE 583
show diag information Display the status of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax show diag information From a PE console, use the show diag information command to view the current diag information in the system. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 584
Linecard slot 5: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 6: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 7: Not present. Linecard slot 8: Not present. Linecard slot 9: Not present. Linecard slot 10: Not present. Linecard slot 11: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline).
PAGE 585
partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically. level2 Defaults Enter the keyword level2 to display only the Level 2 diagnostic tests.
PAGE 586
opticPresenceTest: pcieScanTest: rtcTest: sataSsdTest: showOpticsTemperature: showTemperature: slotInfoTest: spiFlashAccessTest: ssdFlashFileSystemStressTest: udfLinkStatus: xeLinkSpeedTest: xeLinkStatusTest: Example (pe) 586 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO NO YES YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO
PAGE 587
sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: Example (PE Console) ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RU
PAGE 588
rtcBattery: rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL
PAGE 589
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
PAGE 590
● port port-num statistics: Clears statistics on a specified party-bus internal port. ● port all: Clear statistics on all party-bus internal ports. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe with a port extender (PE) ID to clear hardware statistics for a specified port extender. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 591
Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to identify the line card on which you want to clear system-flow statistics. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. pe pe-id Enter the pe pe-id parameters to specify the port extender ID for which you want to clear system-flow statistics. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 592
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 593
Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Control Processor. The command options are: ● cpu data-plane: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. ● cpu i2c: Displays active i2c-interface statistics. ● cpu management: Displays management port counters. ● cpu sata-interface: Displays sata-interface error counter-statistics.
PAGE 594
● ● ● ● pe pe-id stack unit unit-number ○ register: Displays the line-card internal registers. ○ table-dump: Displays the tables from the bShell. bp-link-map: Displays the backplane links (between leaf/port and spine/ fabric) on a specified line card. bp-link-state: Displays the status of the backplane links on a specified line card. hg-stats unit unit-num port port-num: Displays input and output statistics for a HiGig port (NPU port number) on a specified line card.
PAGE 595
● port-stats: Displays status about why an SFM port is not brought up to register level. ● register: Displays the internal registers for each switch fabric. ● table-dump: Displays the tables from the bShell. system Enter the keyword system to display the current status of the system hardware. The command options are: ● system {bp-link-state}: Displays the statistics related to the backplane link state bit map. ● system {bp-link-state linKId range}: Displays the status of the specified link.
PAGE 596
TX Excessive collisions = 0 TX total collisions = 0 TX Drops = 0 TX Jabber = 0 TX FCS errors = 0 TX Control frames = 0 TX oversize frames = 0 TX undersize frames = 0 TX fragments = 0 Bytes received = 0 Frames received = 2868 Bcast frames recvd = 24 Mcast frames recvd = 0 Control frames received = 0 Pause frames received = 0 FCS Errors = 0 Alignment errors = 0 Undersize frames recvd = 0 Oversize frames recvd = 0 Fragments = 0 Jabber = 0 Dropped Frames = 0 Under/oversized frames = 0 FLR frames = 0 RCDE frames
PAGE 597
Rx Rx Rx Rx Example (Linecard: Drops) Jumbo Packets = 0 Symbol Errros = 0 In Range Errors = 0 OutofRange Errors = 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops UNIT No: 0 Total Ingress Drops Total IngMac Drops Total Mmu Drops Total EgMac Drops Total Egress Drops Example (Linecard Unit: Drops) : : : : : 3235 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 UserPort PortNumber Ingress Drops Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops 0 1 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 8 9 0 0 0 0 12 13 3258 0 0 0 16 17 0 0 0 0 17 18 0 0 0 0 18 19 0
PAGE 598
0 0 0 0 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) 598 Internal Internal Internal Internal 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 port 12 Drops in UserPort 12: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MM
PAGE 599
frame 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) port link duplex scan neg? back xe0 !ena 40G FD SW No state pause discrd ops face Forward Tag F CR4 xe1 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe2 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe3 up 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F SR4 xe4 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F S
PAGE 600
0x0400010b 0x04000141 0x0400014a 0x0400014b 0x0400014c 0x0400014d 0x0400014e 0x0400014f 0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x5600
PAGE 601
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl3 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl4 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl5 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 602
The total no of FP & CSF Devices in the Card is 1 The total no of FP Devices in the Card is 1 The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 18 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 12 The CPU Port of the device is 0 The starting unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Pr
PAGE 603
The The The The The The tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp for for for for for for Index Index Index Index Index Index 6 is 7 is 8 is 9 is 10 is 11 is : : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 : -1 | -1 : -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id
PAGE 604
LinkId NpuId/PortId 112 1/54 113 1/55 114 2/54 115 2/55 Back Plane GE Links ____________________________________ LinkId NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) 138 0/49 139 1/49 140 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) 604 Dell#sh
PAGE 605
rxPkt(COS11) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :15451 transmitted :15250 txRequested :15250 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txInternalError :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0 ) :0 txPkt(COS1 ) :0 txPkt(COS2 ) :0 txPkt(COS3 ) :0 txPkt(COS4 ) :0 txPkt(COS5 ) :0 txPkt(COS6 ) :0 txPkt(COS7 ) :0 txPkt(COS8 ) :0 txPkt(COS9 ) :0 txPkt(COS10) :0 txPkt(COS11) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingr
PAGE 606
show hardware buffer Display buffer statistics for a specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware {interface interface [buffer-info | priority-group [group number | all] | queue [queue number | all]] Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then type one of the following interface types and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet.
PAGE 607
----- Buffer stats for unit: 0 port: 1 (interface PeGi 10/1/1) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------PG# PRIORITIES ALLOTED (CELLS) COUNTER (CELLS) MIN SHARED MODE HDRM MIN SHARED HDRM -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 19584 0 STATIC 174 0 0 0 Example (queue all) Related Commands Dell#show hardware buffer interface peGigE 10/1/1 queue all buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue 0 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 4
PAGE 608
show hardware ip Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a line card and port pipe. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware ip {eg-acl | in-acl | qos} linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stackunit unit-number port-set port-pipe Parameters eg-acl Enter the keyword eg-acl to display Layer 3 egress acl data. in-acl Enter the keyword in-acl to display Layer 3 ingress acl data. qos Enter the keyword qos to display QoS data. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a line card.
PAGE 609
Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00001101: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x1101, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Stage
PAGE 610
Stage SrcIp Offset: 153 Width: 32 DATA=0x02020201 MASK=0xffffffff action={act=CopyToCpuCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=EtagNew, param0=327687(0x50007), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 166 slice = 5 idx=0 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00000e01: gid=0x2, slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xe01, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, IpType Offset: 325 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e InPort DATA=0x0000000000000
PAGE 611
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 612
policer= statistics={stat id 110 Usage Information slice = 0 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} The port-set values are internal port numbers. show hardware mac Display information about the MAC ACLs used on a line card and port-sets.
PAGE 613
slice=6, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xc00, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPort DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 SrcMac Offset: 89 Width: 48 DATA=0x00000000 08000000 MASK=0x0000ffff
PAGE 614
pe peid Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to display the counters for a specified PE. The PE ID ranges is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- number Enter the keyword stack-unit and unit number to display the counters for the specified stack-unit. The stack unit range is from 0 to 7. port set port- Enter the keyword port-set and port-pipe number. The port-set number is 0.
PAGE 615
MASK=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080151 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=5(0x5), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 59 slice = 0 idx=16 entries=1}{Packets} ######### FP Entry for IPC traffic des
PAGE 616
param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 61 slice = 0 idx=18 entries=1}{Packets} tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors.. C9000 Series Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-filecount value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 617
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Use the tcpdump command to perform a packet capture on a specified switch CPU: Control Processor (CP) or Route Processor (RP). You can use the capture-duration timer and the packet-count counter at the same time. The TCP dump stops when the first of the thresholds is met.
PAGE 618
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 619
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table.
PAGE 620
Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 9 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
PAGE 621
Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#ip address dhcp Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#no ip address dhcp Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#do show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
PAGE 622
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax default-router address [address2...address8] Parameters Defaults address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 623
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 624
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. C9000 Series Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] Parameters Defaults address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
PAGE 625
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host-address For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool.
PAGE 626
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode in order to configure an interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from a DHCP server.
PAGE 627
Usage Information You can enter the ip address dhcp relay information and the vendor-class indentifier, for example: ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac vendor-classidentifier Related Commands ip address dhcp — configures an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. ip address dhcp vendor-class-identifier Include the vendor-class identifier option (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client.
PAGE 628
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet ip dhcp server Enable DHCP server globally.
PAGE 629
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages are forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. C9000 Series Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 630
To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ipv6address command. Parameters Default vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keywork vrf and then the name of the VRF through which the host address can be reached. ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 631
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 632
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 633
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 634
DHCPRENEW DHCPINFORM 0 0 show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters Defaults pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 635
Parameters Defaults address Display a particular conflict log entry. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 636
show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 637
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 638
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 639
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay information-option vpn ip dhcp relay source-interface Configure IPv4 DHCP relay source interface.
PAGE 640
Related Commands Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. ● ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface— Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface. ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface.
PAGE 641
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.
PAGE 642
lease time Defaults Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Enhanced the command to map multiple IP addresses to one MAC address. Enhanced to support DHCP snooping in a VLT setup. 9.10(0.
PAGE 643
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table.
PAGE 644
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 645
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 646
1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 647
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. Range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port—ID range is 0 –47.
PAGE 648
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm hg hash-algorithm hg-seed hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 649
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode.
PAGE 650
crc32LSB | xor1 | ● crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16-bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial xor2 | xor4 | xor8 ● crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 | xor16 } ● crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 ● xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 ● xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 ● xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 ● xo
PAGE 651
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. 6.5.1.0 Added the line card option on TeraScale only. 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis.
PAGE 652
linecard slot-id port-set port- pipe Defaults Enter the linecard slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which you want to redistribute traffic flows. The range of slot IDs is 0 to 11. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0. crc16 algorithm Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 653
Parameters Defaults seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 4095. linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard then the linecard slot number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the linecard port-pipe number. 32–bit Chassis MAC Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 654
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam linecard – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for a set of ports on a line card. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations.
PAGE 655
To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 656
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 657
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 658
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 659
ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.
PAGE 660
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packettype and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 661
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is twelve. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 32 by default. You can configure up to 64 sessions. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs.
PAGE 662
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 663
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. The maximum number of FCoE VLANs supported on the switch is eight. NOTE: This command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 664
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example.
PAGE 665
Field Description FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. D Example No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 666
Field Description FCF Interface Slot/ port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
PAGE 667
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 668
Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 669
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 show fi
PAGE 670
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 671
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 672
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. C9000 Series Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Command History Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 673
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmacmd5,hmac-md5-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffiehellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled.
PAGE 674
● ● ● ● aes192-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher. aes128-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher. aes128-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher. 3des-cbc : Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● aes256-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes256-ctr encryption cipher. aes256-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes256-cbc encryption cipher. aes192-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher.
PAGE 675
Related Commands Usage Information ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client-public keys. Both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing are supported. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 676
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 677
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
PAGE 678
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows.
PAGE 679
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 680
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 681
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 682
disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 683
● Fast Ethernet interface: enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. ● Port Channel interface: enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information control-vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 684
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 685
protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. C9000 Series Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters Defaults ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 686
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 687
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. C9000 Series Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {deadinterval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds dead-interval milliseconds Defaults Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 688
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 689
• • • • show show show show config garp timers gvrp gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 690
event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events. pdu Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 691
Related Commands gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds.
PAGE 692
● Leave All Timer — The Leave All timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a Leave-all message so that other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 693
Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 694
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 695
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 696
Example Related Commands R3# show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled. Port GVRP Status Edge-Port ---------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Disabled No Te 1/1 Disabled No Te 1/2 Enabled No Te 1/3 Disabled No Te 1/4 Disabled No Te 1/5 Disabled No Te 1/6 Disabled No Te 1/7 Disabled No Te 1/8 Disabled No R3# show gvrp brief show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 697
● The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095. A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: ● Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state).
PAGE 698
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 699
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command.
PAGE 700
Usage Information Example: PE Enabling this command keeps the failed module (RPM, PE, or Linecard) in the failed state. If there are two RPMs or PEs in the system, enabling this command prevents the failed RPM or PE from becoming a working Standby RPM or PE. If there is only one RPM or PE in the system, the failed RPM or PE does not recover and affects the system.
PAGE 701
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters Default rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 702
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#redundancy reset-counter pe 1 redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy synchronize [full] Parameters Default full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 703
From a PE console, use show redundancy to view the current high availability (HA) status for a specified port extender unit. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID to display the current redundancy configuration of the specified port extender unit. Range is from 0 to 255 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 704
Field Description ● the status of auto booting the RPM (the redundancy disable-autoreboot command) ● the parameter for auto failover limit control (the redundancy autofailover-limit command) RPM Failover Record Last Data Sync Record Displays the following information: ● RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy resetcounter command) ● the time and date of the last RPM failover ● the reason for the last RPM failover Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sy
PAGE 705
Mgmt ID: pe ID: pe Redundancy Role: pe State: pe SW Version: Link to Peer: 0 0 Primary Active 1-0(0-4098) Up -- PEER pe Status ------------------------------------------------pe State: Standby Peer pe stack unit ID: 2 pe SW Version: 1-0(0-4098) -- pe Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary pe: mgmt-id 0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot pe: Disabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- pe Failover Record -------------------------
PAGE 706
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 706 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 707
Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions (continued) Symbol Type Code Description 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 708
22 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter.
PAGE 709
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 710
To clear counters for a range of ports, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, clear counters FortyGigE 1/0-4,7,9-11. To clear counters for any random number of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example clear counters FortyGigE 1/0/1,9,11 In a dual homing setup, you can use this command only from the primary VLT peer. You can use the vlan, learning-limit, and vrrp keyword options for multiple ports.
PAGE 711
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 712
Related Commands ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. ● dampening — configures dampening on an interface. combo-port-type You can pre-provision the medium of combo ports as copper or fiber. Syntax combo-port-type{copper | fiber} Parameters Defaults copper Enter the keyword copper to provision the combo port as a copper port. fiber Enter the keyword fiber to provision the combo port as a fiber port.
PAGE 713
Example Dell(conf-if-pegi-2/0/48)# combo-port-type copper Dell(conf-if-pegi-2/0/48)# combo-port-type fiber dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 714
NOTE: You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces. Example Related Commands Dell(conf-if-te-2/2)# dampening 20 800 4500 120 Dell(conf-if-te-2/2)# ● clear dampening — clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface.
PAGE 715
default interface Resets a physical interface to its factory-default settings. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters default interface interface slot/port-range interface slot/ port-range Enter one of the following interface types and port information to specify a single port or a range of ports. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range and/or individual port numbers separated with commas; for example, default interface tengigabitethernet 1/0-4,7,9-11.
PAGE 716
Dell#show running-config interface vlan 33 ! interface Vlan 33 private-vlan mode isolated no ip address shutdown Related Commands show running-config— displays the current configuration. encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no encapsulation dot1q vlan-id command. Parameters dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 717
Defaults rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from the port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
PAGE 718
● Do not enable tx pause when buffer carving is enabled. For information and assistance, consult Dell Networking TAC. ● Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off, or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted. The following error is returned: Can’t configure Asymmetric flowcontrol when speed <1G, config ignored ● The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off.
PAGE 719
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then the port-channel ID. Range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 720
You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command.
PAGE 721
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
PAGE 722
Usage Information Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 723
Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration).
PAGE 724
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 725
Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface portchannel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces. VLAN or port-channel interfaces that are not displayed in the show running-config command cannot be used with the bulk configuration feature of the interface range command.
PAGE 726
Spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs, port-channels, and physical interfaces. Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash. For example, interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 727
define interface-range test tengigabitethernet 0/0-3, tengigabitethernet 1/0-47, tengigabitethernet 2/0-89 Dell(config)#interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,te-1/0-47,te-2/0-89)# Related Commands ● interface range – configures a range of command (bulk configuration) ● interface range macro name – runs an interface range macro. interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces.
PAGE 728
interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax interface vlan vlan-id Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 729
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 730
monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. C9000 Series Syntax monitor interface [interface] [linecard slot-id] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0).
PAGE 731
Usage Information Example In the Examples, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visaversa.
PAGE 732
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/68 Down Fo 2/72 Down Fo 2/76 Down Fo 2/80 Down Fo 2/84 Down Fo 2/88 Down Fo 2/92 Down Fo 2/96 Down per sec 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes c - Clear screen r - Display pkts/bytes l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 733
interval q - Quit Dell# monitor interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 4 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 734
To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 594 to 9216. The default is 1554. 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 735
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Untagged Packet 22 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Tagged Packet 26 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode) Disables delayed bring up of individual interfaces during switch boot up. Syntax no port-delay-restore Parameters None Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 736
Usage Information When you enable this feature, it allows you to set the delay timer value between 1 second to 300 seconds on all ports globally. To disable the timer on all ports, use the no port-delay-restore command. To disable the timer on an individual interface, use the no port-delay-restore command in the INTERFACE mode. NOTE: ● This command does not work on the Port Extender ports. ● With line cards, the port-delay-restore timer kicks in for each individual line card separately as it boots up.
PAGE 737
● True — port is tagged ● False — port is untagged ● Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example. This example shows unconfiguration of the hybrid port using the no portmode hybrid command. NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port.
PAGE 738
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 739
When rate-interval is configured at the interface level and not in the global configuration mode, the interface level rate-interval value is applied for an interface. When rate interval is configured in both global configuration mode as well as interface mode, then the rate-interval value configured at interface level is applied as it takes precedence over the global value. show config Display the interface configuration.
PAGE 740
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 741
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 742
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. 6.3.1.0 Added the Pluggable Media Type field in the E-Series TeraScale output. Use the show interfaces command for details on a specific interface. Use the show interfaces linecard command for details on all interfaces on the designated line card. NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.
PAGE 743
Line Description ○ runts = number of packets that are less than 64B ○ giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size ○ throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames ● Number of CRC, overrun, and discarded packets: ○ CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors ○ overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions ○ discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: ● Nu
PAGE 744
Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port. If two RPMs are installed in your system, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM. You can configure two global IPv6 addresses. To view the addresses, use the show interface managementethernet command. If you try to configure a third IPv6 address, a message displays.
PAGE 745
MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 01:22:49 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 o
PAGE 746
Time since last interface status change: 02:19:12 TenGigabitEthernet 6/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:95 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:95 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength unknown Interface index is 7340292 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002095 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "sh
PAGE 747
20742 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 1715543204 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1605928396 packets, 1286578165117 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 58435170 over 64-byte pkts, 141674160 over 127-byte pkts 283509010 over 255-byte pkts, 565163364 over 511-byte pkts, 557146692 over 1023-byte pkts 2821 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 1605925575 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 1320.
PAGE 748
Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 1800663963 packets, 1439907147651 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 67073349 over 64-byte pkts, 158991672 over 127-byte pkts 318176170 over 255-byte pkts, 633651831 over 511-byte pkts, 622770941 over 1023-byte pkts 21764 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 1800642183 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1685574635 packets, 1350380268687 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 61338933 over 64-byte pkts, 148705670 over 127-byte pkts 297567447
PAGE 749
Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 01:22:55 Example Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 (ManagementEth ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up ernet Interface with two IPv6 Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 addresses) Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 302006472 Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 750
Input 140.00 Mbits/sec, 18070 packets/sec, 14.30% of line-rate Output 20.00 Mbits/sec, 39175 packets/sec, 2.
PAGE 751
TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is up, line protocol is not present Hardware is DellEth, address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1054858 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts,
PAGE 752
Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h14m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 d
PAGE 753
4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-byte pkts, 3869429 over 127-byte pkts 2 over 255-byte pkts, 20 over 511-byte pkts, 175 over 1023-byte pkts 193229 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3869767 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 3978357 packets, 4298183062 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Br
PAGE 754
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. Dell#show interfaces configured | no-more TenGigabitEthernet 6/0 is up, line protocol is down Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:93 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:93 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ receive power reading is -2.
PAGE 755
0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 21135427 packets, 16886701995 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 813148 over 64-byte pkts, 1860008 over 127-byte pkts 3718428 over 255-byte pkts, 7437164 over 511-byte pkts, 7306679 over 1023-byte pkts 184 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 21135243 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 756
0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 00:55:34 Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information.
PAGE 757
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 758
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 758 Interfaces 255/1/43 255/1/44 255/1/45 255/1/46 255/1/47 255/1/48 255/2/1 255/2/2 255/2/3 255/2/4 255/2/5
PAGE 759
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail Related Commands 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 760
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces tengigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled.
PAGE 761
Example Example (port range) Dell#show int tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegF
PAGE 762
1000MegHalfDplx : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 Interface Name Mode Control SpeedSelection AutoNeg Loopback PowerDown Isolate DuplexMode :GigabitEthernet 1/2 : : : : : : 10b ON False True False Full Mode Status AutoNegComplete RemoteFault LinkStatus JabberDetect : : : : False False Down False Auto
PAGE 763
show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interfaces [interface | linecard slot-number] status interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port (ports or port-range) information.
PAGE 764
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To view the show output for multiple ports of a specified slot at a time, you can specify any random port number or a range of ports, or a combination of both. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, show interfaces status FortyGigE 1/0-4,7,9-11.
PAGE 765
Te 6/16 Te 6/17 Te 6/18 Te 6/19 Te 6/20 Te 6/21 Te 6/22 Te 6/23 Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1/3 PeGi 255/1/4 PeGi 255/1/5 PeGi 255/1/6 PeGi 255/1/7 PeGi 255/1/8 PeGi 255/1/9 PeGi 255/1/10 PeGi 255/1/11 PeGi 255/1/12 PeGi 255/1/13 PeGi 255/1/14 PeGi 255/1/15 PeGi 255/1/16 PeGi 255/1/17 PeGi 255/1/18 PeGi 255/1/19 PeGi 255/1/20 PeGi 255/1/21 PeGi 255/1/22 PeGi 255/1/23 PeGi 255/1/24 PeGi 255/1/2
PAGE 766
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 766 Interfaces 255/2/3 255/2/4 255/2/5 255/2/6 255/2/7 255/2/8 255/2/9 255/2/10 255/2/11 255/2/12 255/2/13 255/2/14 255/2/15 255/2/16 255/2/17 255/2/
PAGE 767
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Down Up Down Down Up Up Up Down Up Up 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 Auto Auto 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 1000
PAGE 768
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 769
Name: peGigE 255/1/37 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/46 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/38 (Port-channel 111) 802.
PAGE 770
802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: Port-channel 22 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 222 Name: Port-channel 111 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Example (port range) Dell#show interfaces switchport tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 Codes: tagged U x G i - Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Trunk Internal untagged, I-Internal tagged, v-VLT untagged, V-VLT Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 802.
PAGE 771
peGigE For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE option is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled. peTenGigE For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 772
Line Description Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 773
Line Description is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Data Ready state This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is ready. Bar This is set to true if data is ready to be sent and set to false if data is being transmitted. Rx LOS state This is the digital state of the Rx_LOS output pin. This is set to true if the operating status is down.
PAGE 774
Line Description Tx Bias Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
PAGE 775
SFP 1 Tx Bias Current = 6.894mA SFP 1 Tx Power = 0.328mW SFP 1 Rx Power = 0.
PAGE 776
SFP+ 0 TX Power High Warning threshold SFP+ 0 RX Power High Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Temp Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Bias Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 TX Power Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 RX Power Low Warning threshold =================================== SFP+ 0 Temperature SFP+ 0 Voltage SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Current SFP+ 0 Tx Power SFP+ 0 Rx Power =================================== SFP+ 0 Data Ready state Bar SFP+ 0 Rx LOS state SFP+ 0 Tx Fault state SFP+ 0 Rate Select sta
PAGE 777
SFP+ 1 Rx Power measurement type =================================== SFP+ 1 Temp High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold =================================== SFP+ 1 Temp High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Warni
PAGE 778
show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces vlan {vlan-id} [LINE] {description} Parameters vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN. description Displays the VLAN interface information with description. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 779
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 780
shutdown Disable an interface. C9000 Series Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 781
NOTE: This interface speed is not supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. If the command is entered for these interfaces, an error message appears. Defaults 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 100Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. Autonegotiation is enabled.
PAGE 782
the speed command. When you set the speed to 10 or 100 Mbps, you can also use the duplex command. If you use an active optical cable (AOC), you can convert the QSFP+ port to a 10 Gigabit SFP+ port or 1 Gigabit SFP port. You can use the speed command to enable the required speed. speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. C9000 Series Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command.
PAGE 783
switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode. C9000 Series Syntax switchport [backup interface {tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number}] To remove an interface from Layer 2 mode and place it in Layer 3 mode, enter the no switchport command. If a switchport backup interface is configured, first remove the backup configuration.
PAGE 784
To use the switchport backup interface command on a port, first enter the switchport command. For more information, see the “Configuring Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport — displays information about switchport interfaces. wavelength Set the wavelength for tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optics.
PAGE 785
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● all Defaults For For For For For For For For For For For DNS, enter the keyword dns. FTP, enter the keyword ftp. NTP, enter the keyword ntp. Radius, enter the keyword radius. sFlow collectors, enter the keyword sflow-collector. SNMP (traps and MIB responses), enter the keywords snmp . SSH, enter the keyword ssh . Syslog, enter the keyword syslog. TACACS, enter the keyword tacacs. Telnet, enter the keyword telnet. TFTP, enter the keyword tftp. Configure all applications. None.
PAGE 786
management egress-interface-selection To make configured application traffic egress through the management port instead of the front-end (FE) port, enable and configure a management egress interface. C9000 Series Syntax management egress-interface-selection To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 787
show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route. C9000 Series Syntax show management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 788
Example Dell# show management application pkt-fallback-cntr dns : 0 ftp : 0 ntp : 0 radius : 0 sflow-collector : 0 snmp : 0 ssh : 2 syslog : 0 tacacs : 0 telnet : 0 tftp : 0 Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is also known as a Port Channel. ● The platform supports 4096 port channels and 16 members per port channel.
PAGE 789
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 790
Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs. number Defaults none Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 791
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
PAGE 792
Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 793
Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG. You can use both static and dynamic (LACP) LAGs to configure failover groups. For more information, refer to the “Port Channel” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 794
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 795
Example (peGigE) Example Field Description Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines. Received 0...
PAGE 796
44507301 packets input, 3563070343 bytes Input 44506754 IP Packets, 0 Vlans 0 MPLS 41 64-byte pkts, 44502871 over 64-byte pkts, 249 over 127-byte pkts 407 over 255-byte pkts, 3127 over 511-byte pkts, 606 over 1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 1218120 packets output, 100745130 bytes, 0 underruns Output 5428 Multicasts, 4 Broadcasts, 1212688 Unicasts 1216142 IP Packets, 0 Vlans, 0 MPLS 0 throttles, 0 discarded Rate info (
PAGE 797
show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel number incoming-interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} | {source-port number destination-port number} | {src-mac address dest-mac address {vlan vlanid | ether-type}} outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information.
PAGE 798
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
PAGE 799
● An SFM NPU uses 10 HiGig port channels, one port channel to transmit data to each line-card NPU. Each HiGig port channel in an SFM NPU consists of three HiGig links. ● A line-card NPU supports 24 front-end I/O ports and six backplane HiGig ports. The six backplane links are members of two HiGig port channel that connects the line-card NPU to each SFM NPU. Three HiGig links in the port channel are used to connect to each SFM NPU.
PAGE 800
Related Commands show hardware hg-stats — displays traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle. hg-link-bundle-monitor enable Enable the monitoring of link utilization and traffic distribution in backplane HiGig link bundles/port channels on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
PAGE 801
Defaults The default polling interval for HiGig link bundles is 15 seconds. Usage Information The rate interval used to poll member links is globally configured and applied to all HiGig link bundles in the system. hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold Specify the bandwidth-percentage threshold used in HiGig link-bundle monitoring to determine uneven traffic distribution and when an alarm is generated.
PAGE 802
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example (Linecard HiGig Port) Example (SFM HiGig Port) 802 Interfaces Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform. 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 803
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 63970532058 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 37096.40 Mbits/sec, 57963128 packets/sec, 94.
PAGE 804
Table 4. show hg-link-bundle-distribution Command Description Field Description Link-bundle trigger threshold Percentage value of link-bundle bandwidth that serves as the threshold for marking a link bundle as being overutilized, triggering link-bundle monitoring, and generating an SNMP alarm. Slot Slot number of a line card. npuUnit Network processing unit (NPU) ID number of a HiGig link bundle/port-channel. hg-port-channel Port-channel number of a HiGig link bundle.
PAGE 805
Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember ● The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
PAGE 806
Usage Information The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: DellEMC# tdr-cable-test tengigabitethernet 11/1 % Error: Interface is disabled Te 11/1. Syslog messages are generated when the link flaps during TDR tests. In a dual homing setup, you can use this command only from the primary VLT peer. Related Commands ● show tdr — display the results of the TDR test. show tdr Display the TDR test results.
PAGE 807
Example Related Commands Status Definition Length: 92 (+/1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters. The short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Length: 93 (+/1) meters, Status: Open An opening is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 93 meters. The open is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Status: Impedance Mismatch There is an impedance mismatch in the cables.
PAGE 808
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 809
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 810
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default.
PAGE 811
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefixlist. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
PAGE 812
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. C9000 Series Syntax clear isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] {* | database | traffic} Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 813
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command.
PAGE 814
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF.
PAGE 815
contains graceful-restart details tied to the VRF that you specify. This information includes GR Hello, Internal State, and Event Debug details. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart. events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging information that includes logs that are related to generated events. hello Enter the keyword hello to enable debugging information that includes restart TLV related information.
PAGE 816
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 817
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 818
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 819
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 820
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source.
PAGE 821
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 822
distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf process-id | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 823
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults none Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 824
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 825
network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not. For neighbors that are not graceful restart-enabled, the restarting router brings up the adjacency per the usual methods.
PAGE 826
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 827
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command.
PAGE 828
Parameters Defaults adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. The range is from 50 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 829
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 830
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 831
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. This command accepts even if an IP address is not configured.
PAGE 832
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 833
Only configure interfaces as Level 1 or Level 2 on routers that are between areas (for example, a Level 1-2 router) to prevent the software from sending unused hello packets and wasting bandwidth. isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 834
To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2.
PAGE 835
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 836
isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information. C9000 Series Syntax isis ipv6 metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no ipv6 isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing.
PAGE 837
Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215 irrespective of the metric style. The default is 10. If metric value is configured to more than 63, system throughs the following warning:Warning: for metrics greater than 63, 'metric-style wide' should be configured on level-1-2, or it will be capped at 63. If the metric style is WIDE, the metric values that are greater than 63 are only effective.
PAGE 838
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 839
This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. C9000 Series Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64.
PAGE 840
Parameters Defaults level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 841
Usage Information This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which are useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
PAGE 842
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. C9000 Series Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. NOTE: The appropriate interface circuit is brought down and removed. Defaults 1497 bytes.
PAGE 843
Parameters Defaults seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds. This value must be 300 seconds less than the value specified in the max-lsp-lifetime command. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 900. 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 844
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies.
PAGE 845
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. C9000 Series NOTE: You can use the maximum-paths command to configure a single system wide value that is common for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 4.
PAGE 846
Defaults transition Allows you to generate both old-style and new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 63. wide Allows you to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 16777215. level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 847
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command.
PAGE 848
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. C9000 Series Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 849
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute active routes into IS-IS. rip Enter the keyword rip to redistribute RIP routes into IS-IS. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute user-configured routes into IS-IS. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
PAGE 850
Related Commands ● default-information originate — generates a default route for the IS-IS domain. ● distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information. redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process.
PAGE 851
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
PAGE 852
If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 853
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID.
PAGE 854
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Configure the router to set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage because of an incomplete link state database. This can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovere d.
PAGE 855
Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis-af_ipv6)# show conf ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database.
PAGE 856
Usage Information The following describes the show isis database command shown in the following example. Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links.
PAGE 857
Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.
PAGE 858
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 859
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS Dell# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information.
PAGE 860
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell>show isis int GigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 861
Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 862
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command.
PAGE 863
Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
PAGE 864
49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.
PAGE 865
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 866
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 867
● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 868
24 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IGMP Commands ● IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 869
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 870
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command.
PAGE 871
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 872
Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups.
PAGE 873
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 874
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 875
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 876
Version Description Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When you configure a static SSM map and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
PAGE 877
● Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured. ● If a static configuration is present and a packet for the same group arrives on an interface, the dynamic entry completely overwrites all the static configuration for the group. Related Commands show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3.
PAGE 878
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. C9000 Series Syntax show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [groupaddress [detail]]] Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 879
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 880
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 881
show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip igmp ssm-map [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 882
● ● ● ● ● ● The IGMP snooping implementation is based on draft-ietf-magma-snoop-10. The system supports IGMP snooping on JUMBO-enabled cards. IGMP snooping is not enabled by default on the switch. A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported. IGMP snooping is not supported on a default VLAN interface. IGMP snooping is not supported over VLAN-Stack-enabled VLAN interfaces (you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN-Stack-related commands).
PAGE 883
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series. IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups.
PAGE 884
ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping enable To disable IGMP snooping, use the no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 885
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 886
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing). Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to control the flooding behavior in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 887
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 888
ip igmp snooping querier Enable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping querier To disable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface, use the no ip igmp snooping querier command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 889
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 890
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 891
Member Ports: Gi 1/17 Dell# Dell#show ip igmp snooping groups Total Number of Groups: 1 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Reporter 225.1.1.1 Vlan 10 IGMPv2-Compat Member Ports: Te 1/17/1 Dell# Uptime Expires Last 00:00:07 00:02:09 1.1.1.
PAGE 892
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 893
ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 894
To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsecmanual command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 895
match Apply a match filter to the crypto policy. C9000 Series Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
PAGE 896
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. C9000 Series Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 897
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 898
Outound AH Key : [0]:: Outound ESP Auth Key : [0]:: Outound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d 4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 0 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 23 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destinat
PAGE 899
To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-setname command. Parameters Defaults transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 900
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 901
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 902
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid.
PAGE 903
Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 904
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax arp timeout minutes Parameters Defaults minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes).
PAGE 905
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear arp-cache [interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 906
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax clear host name Parameters name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 907
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption.
PAGE 908
clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on the switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip traffic {cp | rp} Parameters cp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 909
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show tcp statistics — displays TCP traffic statistics. debug arp View information on ARP transactions.
PAGE 910
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 911
Example Related Commands Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 912
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/stack-unit/port information. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 913
debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value.
PAGE 914
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet.
PAGE 915
The access-group option pertains to: ● ● ● ● ● IP protocol number: from 0 to 255 Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) Any internet protocol (ip) Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits User Datagram Protocol (udp) If an ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the following Example).
PAGE 916
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 917
Defaults secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. dhcp Enter the keyword dhcp to configure an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 918
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure ip domain names to complete unqualified host names. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter an ip domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 919
ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 920
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 921
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the hop field increments when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through the system. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
PAGE 922
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. C9000 Series Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters Defaults count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 923
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 924
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] [name description] [permanent] | tag tag-value}}[vrf vrf-name ] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
PAGE 925
distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route.
PAGE 926
Usage Information Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 1/1 172.31.5.43 ● The software installs a next hop that is not on the directly connected subnet but which recursively resolves to a next hop on the interface’s configured subnet. In the example, if tengig 1/1 has an ip address on subnet 2.2.2.0 and if 172.31.5.43 recursively resolves to 2.2.2.0, Dell Networking OS installs the static route.
PAGE 927
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 928
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Route prefixes stored in the L3 host table are managed using ECMP next-hop forwarding. A warning message is displayed after you enter the command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from the LPM routing table (RTM).
PAGE 929
● enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is enabled by default. ingress-port enable Defaults Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: ● enable — Takes the source port into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is disabled by default. IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 930
The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. forwardingrouter-address Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) or an IPv6 address (x:x:x:x::x format) of a forwarding router. managementethe Enter the keyword managementethernet for the Management interface on the rnet Primary RPM. Defaults fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE to specify a forty Gigbit Ethernet interface. vlan Enter the keyword vlan to specify a vlan interface.
PAGE 931
show arp Display the ARP table entries learned on a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show arp [cpu [cp | rp]] [interface interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress mac-address mask] [static | dynamic] [summary] cpu cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords cpu cp to display the ARP entries learned on the Control Processor. cpu rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu rp to display the ARP entries learned on the Route Processor.
PAGE 932
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.
PAGE 933
Example (Private VLAN) NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell#show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 Vl 10 Internet 10.1.2.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 Internet 10.10.10.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 Internet 10.16.127.
PAGE 934
Related Commands arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show hosts Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 935
Example Related Commands Field Description Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host. Dell#show hosts Default domain is not set Name/address lookup uses static Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL Type -------- -------- ---ks (perm, OK) IP 4200-1 (perm, OK) IP 1230-3 (perm, OK) IP ZZr (perm, OK) IP Z10-3 (perm, OK) IP Dell# mappings Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — views the DNS resolution.
PAGE 936
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index.
PAGE 937
vrf Displays the fib entries for the mentioned vrf-id. Otherwise, vrf displays the default vrf entries. A.B.C.D. Displays the fib entry for the mentioned prefix. summary Displays the fib summary. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 938
src-port number Enter the keywords src-port then the source port number. destination-port Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. number Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 939
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then zero (0). ● For the Null interface, enter the keyword null then zero (0). ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 940
Lines Description IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables...
PAGE 941
TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 down down fortyGigE 0/4 down down fortyGigE 0/8 down down --More-- unassigned NO Manual administratively unassigned NO Manual administratively unassigned NO Manual administratively unassigned NO Manual administratively Dell# show ip interface configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enable
PAGE 942
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. C9000 Series Syntax show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 943
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also.
PAGE 944
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 945
protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. ● If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . ● If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routing-tag. ● If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF process-id. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed.
PAGE 946
N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1 E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1 L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default >- non-active route + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 0/0 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 120/0 00:08:54 C 101.
PAGE 947
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 948
Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in the system. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route becomes the best route.
PAGE 949
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip traffic summary shown in the following example. Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets.
PAGE 950
● ARP Statistics: Sent: Request: Object = f10ArpReqSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.2 ● ARP Statistics: Sent: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.4 ● ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
PAGE 951
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.4.1.0 Introduced The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch.
PAGE 952
Field Description 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive.... Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
PAGE 953
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 954
nlbclusteracl number | ipv4pbr number | iscsioptaclnumber | openflow number | vrfv4ac numberl ]}} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● l2acl number L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) L2 PT : 0 IP-MAC ACL : 0 Vman QoS : 0 ECFM ACL: 0 IPv4 PBR : 0 VRFv4 ACL : 0 FedGo
PAGE 955
fedgovacl number nlbclusteracl number Enter fedgovacl and the FP block number for Fed Gov ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to . Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. ipv4pbr number Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
PAGE 956
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: ● L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 ● L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 ● IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- 3 ipv6acl 0-2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 957
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 958
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 959
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100.
PAGE 960
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number ● Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 961
deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 962
packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 963
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 964
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 965
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 966
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 967
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 968
seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 969
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow). Syntax Parameters show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage.
PAGE 970
688 31636 12286 1024 262127 2833 1024 9215 8192 1024 0 0 0 0 1024 1024 0 320 1 31632 12286 262127 2834 --More-Example 2: Output of the show cam-usage acl Command | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1132 | | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 45 | | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-V6 ACL |
PAGE 971
show ipv6 access-list Display IPv6 access-list information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ipv6 access-list { [name] | interface } { in | out | interface } access-list Enter the keywords access-list to display information for all ipv6 access-lists. acl_name Enter the keywords acl_name to display information for a specified ipv6 accesslist. in Enter the keyword in to display information for an ipv6 ingress access-list attached to an interface.
PAGE 972
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel a port channel number.The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and the slot/port information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 973
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 974
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 975
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 976
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 977
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel with a portchannel number. The range of port-channel numbers is from 1 to 4096. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keywordvlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel.
PAGE 978
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ● If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address.
PAGE 979
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Infomation ● SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed.
PAGE 980
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced. This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only. Prefixes may be configured on the interface using the ipv6 nd prefix command without creating an EUI64 address.
PAGE 981
Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 982
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 983
INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 984
infinite Defaults Enter the keyword infinite to specify that the RDNSS lifetime does not expire. Not Configured Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.
PAGE 985
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 986
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48 ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 987
ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent][weight weight-value [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent][weight weight-value [vrf vrf-name] command.
PAGE 988
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 989
Defaults Enabled; by default, extended IPv6 route prefixes are stored only in the L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Use this command to enable programming of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in the L3 host table.
PAGE 990
configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, the system generates a syslog message indicating the action.
PAGE 991
Parameters Defaults slot-id Displays the cam entries for the mentioned linecard id. port-set Enter the keyword port-set and specify the port-set number. The port-set number value is 0. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed and the name of the VRF to display IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address or host name.
PAGE 992
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example show ipv6 fib linecard Display all forwarding information base (FIB) entries for a line card.
PAGE 993
::/0 2::/64 2::3/128 fe80::/10 fe80::2ff:eff:fe3f:a1/128 ::, Te 10/1 ::1 ::, Nu 0 ::1 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP CP CP BLK HOLE CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 994
● ● ● ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel. For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
PAGE 995
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 996
Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 ho
PAGE 997
Example Field Description Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
PAGE 998
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. When you issue the show ipv6 neighbors without specifying any options, it will display all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP).
PAGE 999
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [vrf vrf-name] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1000
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 1001
connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes IPv6 Basics 1001
PAGE 1002
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 1003
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1004
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization.
PAGE 1005
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1006
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multiple commands. When you use the no iscsi target port command and the TCP port you want to delete is one bound to a specific IP address, the IP address value must be included in the command. show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 1007
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
PAGE 1008
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.
PAGE 1009
30 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: ● MAC Addressing Commands ● Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands ● Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
PAGE 1010
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1011
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time.
PAGE 1012
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1013
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. C9000 Series Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1014
interval seconds Defaults Enter the keyword interval with the interval (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 60. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1015
Defaults vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. ● On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age.
PAGE 1016
mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. C9000 Series Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters Defaults log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation.
PAGE 1017
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1018
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state.
PAGE 1019
Usage Information Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. Only if you enable the port security, you will be able to configure MAC address learning limit configurations on the interface level. When you disable the port security, all the interface level configurations are reset.
PAGE 1020
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1021
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
PAGE 1022
Column Heading Description Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: ● po — Port Channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 255 for TeraScale. ● te — 10-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. ● fo — 40-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. State Example Usage Information Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
PAGE 1023
Total MAC Addresses in Use: Dell# Related Commands 110 show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1024
Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: interface ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1025
Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN. Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup.
PAGE 1026
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. C9000 Series Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1027
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 1028
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: ● ● ● ● ● VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN.
PAGE 1029
Column Heading Description Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 1030
T Po20(Te 1/81) T Fo 2/0 Example (Brief) Example (Name) Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name ---- -------------------------------1 10 20 30 STG ---0 0 0 0 MAC Aging --------1800 1800 1800 1800 IP Address -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
PAGE 1031
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.
PAGE 1032
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1033
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1034
To disable debugging of FEFD, use the no debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] command. Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1035
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1036
fefd interval Set an interval between control packets. C9000 Series Syntax fefd interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1037
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 1038
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1039
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. ● fefd-global interval — configures an interval between FEFD control packets. ● show fefd — shows the FEFD command output.
PAGE 1040
Field Description ● err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval. To reset an interface in this state, use the fefd reset command.) ● unknown (only found when FEFD mode is normal. ● locally disabled (interface contains the fefd reset command in its configuration). ● Admin Shutdown (interface is disabled with the shutdown command).
PAGE 1041
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1042
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 1043
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session.
PAGE 1044
lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority. C9000 Series Syntax lacp port-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
PAGE 1045
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keywords number then a number.
PAGE 1046
Mode Function active An interface is in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the active state and also automatically initiates negotiation with other ports by initiating LACP packets. passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state. Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states.
PAGE 1047
counters Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (PortChannelNumber) Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1048
● show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 1049
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: ● LLPD Commands ● LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1050
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally.
PAGE 1051
advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor. Syntax advertise interface-port-desc {description | port-id} To remove the advertised port descriptor, use the no advertise interface—port—desc {description | port-id} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1052
Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0-lldp)#advertise dot3-tlv power-via-mdi Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0-lldp)# advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
PAGE 1053
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
PAGE 1054
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1055
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010.
PAGE 1056
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.0 Enhanced to display organizational specific unrecognized LLDP TLVs. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1057
To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1058
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command. Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1059
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1060
To return to the default multiplier value, use the no pe-lldp-multiplier command. Parameters Defaults number Modify the number to change the PE LLDP multiplier value. The range is from 3 to 10. 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information Example (configure the PE LLDP multiplier) Example (unconfigure the PE LLDP multiplier) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1061
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. C9000 Series Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface.
PAGE 1062
Parameters interface interface detail Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1063
-------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/21 R2 TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 00:01:e8:06:95:3e Te 1/31 R3 TenGigabitEthernet 3/11 00:01:e8:09:c2:4a Example (Detail) DellEMC(conf)#do show lldp neighbors detail ======================================================================== Local Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 has 2 neighbors Total Frames Out: 3 Total Frames In: 8 Total Neighbor information Age outs: 0 Total Multiple Neighbors Detected: 0 Total Frames Discarded: 0 Total In Error
PAGE 1064
Total Unrecognized TLVs: 1056 Total TLVs Discarded: 0 Next packet will be sent after 16 seconds The neighbors are given below: ----------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:01 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1/2/8/1 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 300 Information valid for next 201 seconds Time since last informatio
PAGE 1065
((00-01-66),123, 4) ((00-01-66),122, 4) ((00-01-66),121, 4) ((00-01-66),120, 4) ((00-01-66),119, ((00-01-66),118, 4) --------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:03 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1/2/8/1 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 3 Remote TTL: 300 Information valid for next 199 seconds Time since last information chan
PAGE 1066
show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. C9000 Series Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1067
no disable Dell# snmp-notification-interval Used to configure the value for the lldp notification interval, to throttle lldp notification messages. Syntax [no] snmp-notification-interval [seconds] To disable this feature, use the no snmp-notification-interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a value from 5 to 3600 seconds. 5 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1068
advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1069
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured.
PAGE 1070
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1071
Usage Information Advertise extended power via MDI TLVs to all ports that are connected to the 802.1ab powered endpoint devices. When the advertise med power-via-mdi command is enabled in CONFIGURATION mode, advertisement is enabled for all the interfaces in a system. To enable advertisement for a specific interface, configure the command in INTERFACE configuration mode.
PAGE 1072
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1073
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1074
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1075
show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 1076
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1077
Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax Parameters mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/ hostname] [group-address/hostname] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF.
PAGE 1078
The mtrace command traverses the path of the response data block in the reverse direction of the multicast data traffic. The mtrace command traverses the reverse path to the source from the destination. As a result, the tabular output of the mtrace command displays the destination details in the first row, followed by the RPF router details along the path in the consequent rows, and finally the source details in the last row.
PAGE 1079
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip mroute — displays the routing table. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000.
PAGE 1080
ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-routing To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1081
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1082
vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface. Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes for a specified multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF.
PAGE 1083
Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.
PAGE 1084
Example Dell#show ip rpf RPF information for 10.10.10.9 RPF interface: Gi 3/4 RPF neighbor: 165.87.31.4 RPF route/mask: 10.10.10.9/255.255.255.255 RPF type: unicast IPv6 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv6 multicast commands. clear ipv6 mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1085
9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ● ip pim sparse-mode — enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ipv6 mroute View the IPv6 multicast routing table.
PAGE 1086
(2001:130:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:17 Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 (2001:140:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:13 Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 Dell# show ipv6 multicast-cam Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for IP multicast traffic.
PAGE 1087
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIMregistered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability.
PAGE 1088
34 Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol is used by IPv6 routers to discover multicast listeners on a directly attached link. Similar to the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), which handles multicast group memberships in IPv4 networks, MLD is used for multicast management on IPv6 networks.
PAGE 1089
debug ipv6 mld Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD packets. Syntax debug ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] {group-address | interface} To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1090
To return to the default, use the no ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval {milliseconds} command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the last member query interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. 1000 milliseconds. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(3.
PAGE 1091
ipv6 mld version Configure the MLD version on the system. Syntax ipv6 mld version {1 | 2} Defaults MLD version 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010.
PAGE 1092
Example Dell#show ipv6 mld groups Total Number of Groups: 1 MLD Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Reporter Ff08::12 Vlan 10 MLDv2 Uptime 00:00:12 Expires Last 00:02:05 1::2 show ipv6 mld interface View the configured MLD interfaces. Syntax show ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 1093
clear ipv6 mld snooping groups Clear entries from the group cache table. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 mld snooping groups [interface | group-address] interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1094
ipv6 mld snooping Enable MLD snooping on a VLAN. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping To disable MLD snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping command. Defaults Enabled on all VLAN interfaces. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1095
ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Configure a Layer 2 port as a multicast router port. Syntax Parameters ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface {interface interface} interface Enter the keyword interfaceto indicate the next-hop interface to the multicast router. interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
PAGE 1096
show ipv6 mld snooping groups Display the IPv6 MLD snooping group information. Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping groups [group address] [summary] [interface interface [detail]] Parameters group-address (Optional) Enter the multicast group addresss in the X:X:X:X::X format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a summary of groups.
PAGE 1097
Example Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010.
PAGE 1098
35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 1099
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1100
Parameters Defaults group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries.
PAGE 1101
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
PAGE 1102
To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters Defaults peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1103
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured.
PAGE 1104
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1105
description name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword description then a description name (maximum 80 characters) to designate a description for the MSDP peer. sa-limit number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. The default it 500000. As described in the Parameters section. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1106
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sacache local command.
PAGE 1107
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000. 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1108
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP.
PAGE 1109
Defaults sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1110
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1110 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.
PAGE 1111
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
PAGE 1112
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1113
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1114
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1115
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters Defaults range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20.
PAGE 1116
Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440. Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
PAGE 1117
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance.
PAGE 1118
Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters Defaults range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1119
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1120
Example Dell#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance.
PAGE 1121
Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1122
BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1123
spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1124
bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdownonviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1125
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1126
37 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1127
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. count value Defaults Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1128
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters Defaults maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
PAGE 1129
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra–guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command.
PAGE 1130
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command.
PAGE 1131
ipv6–prefix-list Defaults name Enter the keywords ipv6–prefix-list then the prefix-list name. The prefix-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–macaccess-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac-access-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1132
● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. other–config–flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax other-config-flag {on | off} To reset the other configuration parameter, use the no other-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters Defaults on Enter the keyword on to set the other-config-flag value as ON.
PAGE 1133
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 1134
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1135
show config Display the RA guard policy mode configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1136
Parameter policy policy- name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1137
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1138
38 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1139
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
PAGE 1140
Related Commands ● track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. ● track interface line-protocol – configures object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. ● track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. ● track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object.
PAGE 1141
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1142
ip route (OPTIONAL) Display information on all tracked IPv4 routes. resolution (OPTIONAL) Display information on the configured resolution values used to scale protocol-specific route metrics. The range is 0 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of the tracking information for a specified object, object type, or all tracked objects. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance.
PAGE 1143
IPv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold Metric threshold is Up (STATIC/0/0) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Reso
PAGE 1144
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Determine the UP/DOWN state of a tracked route by the threshold for the current value of the route metric in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible.
PAGE 1145
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1146
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN). When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the linklevel status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP.
PAGE 1147
To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
PAGE 1148
When you configure IPv4 route reachability as a tracked object, the UP/DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the entry of the next-hop address in the address resolution protocol (ARP) cache. A tracked route is considered to be reachable if there is an ARP cache entry for the route's next-hop address.
PAGE 1149
track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. C9000 Series Syntax track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. isis resolution- value Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1150
IPv6 Object Tracking Commands The following section describes the IPv6 object tracking commands. The following object tracking commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: ● ● ● ● ● ● debug track delay description show running-config track threshold metric track interface line-protocol show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object.
PAGE 1151
Output Description Tracked by Client that is tracking an object’s state; for example, VRRP. The following table describes the show track ipv6 route brief command shown in the example. Example Ouput Description ResID Number of the tracked object. Resource Type of tracked object. Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object. State Up or Down state of the tracked object. Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object.
PAGE 1152
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1153
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1154
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1155
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To disable the attempt to track the reachability of next-hop after the configured refresh interval, set the refresh interval as 0. Related Commands ● show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
PAGE 1156
The protocol-specific resolution value calculates the scaled metric by dividing a route's cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol: ● For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range of 1 to 1000, where the default is 10. ● For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range of 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. ● You cannot configure the resolution value used to map static routes. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes.
PAGE 1157
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1158
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1159
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
PAGE 1160
Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command.
PAGE 1161
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1162
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip ospf process-id vrf vrf-name statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1163
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1164
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1165
Example Field Description dr: Displays the IP address of the designated router. bdr: Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router. Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 1/3 dst:224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.
PAGE 1166
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric.
PAGE 1167
Parameters Defaults description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1168
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command.
PAGE 1169
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1170
Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed.
PAGE 1171
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1172
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
PAGE 1173
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1174
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters Defaults role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart.
PAGE 1175
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1176
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters Defaults cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1177
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1178
Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters Defaults keyid Enter a number as the key ID.
PAGE 1179
ip ospf mtu-ignore Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, use the no ip ospf mtu-ignore command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1180
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1181
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1182
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1183
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths.
PAGE 1184
NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1185
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1186
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1187
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1188
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map mapname] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1189
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1190
router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. C9000 Series Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To delete an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf-name Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Not configured.
PAGE 1191
show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1192
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF on E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.
PAGE 1193
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf process-id | vrf vrf-name asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1194
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1195
Link ID 11.1.2.1 13.1.1.1 192.68.135.2 ADV Router 11.1.2.1 13.1.1.1 192.68.135.2 Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Network (Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000003 0x6592 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000055 0x683e Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands Age 673 676 1419 Seq# 0x80000005 0x80000097 0x80000294 Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.
PAGE 1196
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1197
LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
PAGE 1198
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1199
LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
PAGE 1200
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1201
Network Mask: Attached Attached Attached Dell# Related Commands /24 Router: 192.10.10.2 Router: 20.20.20.1 Router: 20.20.20.5 show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process.
PAGE 1202
show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-stateid] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1203
Item Description ● DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. ● E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. Example LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA.
PAGE 1204
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1205
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1206
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1207
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1208
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1209
Example Item Description TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.
PAGE 1210
● For loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For tunnel interfaces, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1211
Item Description Designated Router... This line displays the ID of the Designated Router and its interface address. Backup Designated... This line displays the ID of the Backup Designated Router and its interface address. Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Example Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count..
PAGE 1212
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1213
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1214
interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1215
Row Heading Description LSUpd Number of link state update packets. LSAck Number of link state acknowledgement packets. TxQ-Len The transmission queue length. RxQ-Len The reception queue length. Tx-Mark The highest number mark in the transmission queue. Rx-Mark The highest number mark in the reception queue. Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets.
PAGE 1216
RX 130 2 1 TX 144 2 1 Timers Hello 6 Wait 0 Grace Dead 38 Transmit 0 Queue Statistics LSU-Q-Len 0 LSU-Q-Wmark LSR-Q-Len 0 LSR-Q-Wmark 3 3 3 2 0 2 1 Dell#show ip ospf 1 statistics global OSPF Packet Count Total RX 114 TX 127 Error 0 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 LSR-Q 0 Other-Q 0 Hello 105 119 DDiscr 2 2 RxQ-Len 0 0 0 Tx-Mark 0 0 0 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr Auth-Err 0 MD5-Err Version 0 AreaMis No-Buffer 0 Seq-No Q-OverFlow 0 Unknown-
PAGE 1217
show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf [process-id|vrf vrf-name]timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view LSAs corresponding to a specific VRF that are currently in queue waiting for timers to expire.
PAGE 1218
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1219
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas.
PAGE 1220
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 1221
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached.
PAGE 1222
area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryptiontype] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1223
Related Commands ipv6 ospf authentication – configures an IPsec authentication policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication policies. area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area.
PAGE 1224
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link.
PAGE 1225
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1226
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1227
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length }[vrf vrf-name] * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1228
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1229
debug ipv6 ospf events Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 events. Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf events [interface] [vrf vrf-name] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1230
Lines Beginning With or Including Description ● 3 - link state request ● 4 - link state update ● 5 - link state acknowledgement Length: Displays the OSPFv3 packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPFv3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the OSPFv3 area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPFv3 checksum. debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1231
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1232
Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. Example default-information originate Configure the system to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain.
PAGE 1233
graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process.
PAGE 1234
Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1235
● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1236
NOTE: The parameters vrf, mac-address, interface are not supported in the batch mode. ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1237
For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1238
multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. ● Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 1239
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet—Default cost is 1 ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet — Default cost is 1 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
PAGE 1240
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} Parameters null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1241
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1242
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1243
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1244
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command.
PAGE 1245
To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1246
connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metric- Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. value The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 1247
router-id Designate a fixed router ID. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1248
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used.
PAGE 1249
Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Outbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Transform se
PAGE 1250
Example Table 7. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Description Field Description Interface IPv6 interface. Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy.
PAGE 1251
Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information.
PAGE 1252
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms ( Except MXL and STOMP ). 9.2.(0.
PAGE 1253
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs) in detail. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa | external | inter-area-prefix | inter-area-router | intra-areaprefix | link | network | router | nssa-external] process-number Enter the OSPF process number.
PAGE 1254
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series routers. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. The show ipv6 ospf database command output displays detailed information on the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs).
PAGE 1255
Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1256
Dell# snmp context Configure SNMPv3 context name to map multiple OSPFv3 VRF instances. Syntax snmp context {context-name} To clear snmp context, use the no snmp context {context-name} command. Parameters Defaults context-name Enter the SNMP context name. The maximum length is 32 alphanumeric characters. None. Command Modes IPv6 ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1257
40 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
PAGE 1258
• • • • • • • offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] Parameters stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
PAGE 1259
The PE unit goes offline and reboots automatically after the test is completed. Once the test is finished, the diag report is generated, and it is stored in the PE flash. To view the diag report, use the show diag pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number command from C9000 system. The show diag pe command uploads the TestReport from the PE to the C9000. The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.
PAGE 1260
Parameters Defaults stack-unit slot-id Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack-unit number. The stackunit number range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1261
Diagnostics Proceed with Diags [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell#Jun 25 05:15:14: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %DIAGAGT-6-DA_DIAG_STARTED: Starting diags on stack-unit 3 14:19:49 : Approximate time to complete the Diags (level0)... 2 Mins Related Commands ● diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. ● offline — places the stack-unit in the offline state to run the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 1262
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1263
Example (PE Console) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1264
1/50 1/51 10 10 up up down down Dell#show system stack-port topology Topology: Stand alone Interface Connection --------------------1/50 1/51 Example (show system stack unit – disabled ports) Example (show system brief) Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master
PAGE 1265
-- Unit 5 -Unit Type Status Example (S4810) : Member Unit : not present Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
PAGE 1266
FIPS Mode Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : disabled Present 3.20.0.
PAGE 1267
disable enable exit format pwd rename reset show telnet-peer-stack-unit stack-unit Example Turn off privileged commands Turn on privileged commands Exit from the EXEC Format a filesystem Display current working directory Rename a file Reset selected card PE Show running system information Open a telnet connection to the peer Dell#telnet-peer-stack-unit Trying Unit 2... Connected to Unit 2. Exit character is '^]'.
PAGE 1268
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You can specify the source location and can choose usbflash: or flash: as a source location.
PAGE 1269
41 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
PAGE 1270
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of linecard ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 1271
0 (type C9000LC0640, 24 ports) Jun 24 15:28:24: %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 4 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-
PAGE 1272
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] Parameters pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
PAGE 1273
No Of MACs : 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not presen
PAGE 1274
3/2 4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48
PAGE 1275
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 1276
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) 1276 PE Stacking Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :
PAGE 1277
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
PAGE 1278
N2024-PE N2024P-PE N2048-PE N2048P-PE N3024-PE N3024F-PE N3024P-PE N3048-PE N3048P-PE Dell(conf-pe-201)# Example (stack unit type) 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port 28-port 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands ● redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit ● reset — Reset or reboot the l
PAGE 1279
stack-unit 1 type C1048P stack-unit 1 access-ports 1 stack-unit 3 type N2024P-PE cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 PE Stacking 1279
PAGE 1280
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1281
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1282
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1283
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1284
guard Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.
PAGE 1285
Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1286
Example (EDS/ PVID) Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface tengigabitethernet 1/0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is PVID_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1287
Defaults loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or portchannel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or portchannel interface. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1288
● Spanning-tree with bpdu guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled by default ● No spanning tree command is valid. This command is not visible and issuing this command on VP-LAG ports results in a failure.
PAGE 1289
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. C9000 Series Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1290
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1291
Related Commands vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command.
PAGE 1292
vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information.
PAGE 1293
43 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1294
Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node.
PAGE 1295
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294.
PAGE 1296
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters Defaults access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1297
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1298
Field Description ● v2 = PIM version 2 ● S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1299
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number.
PAGE 1300
Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1301
IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv4 PIM-source specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands are supported: ● ip pim ssm-range ● show ip pim ssm-range ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1302
When you configure the SSM range, Dell Networking OS supports SSM for configured group range as well as the default SSM range. When you remove the SSM ACL, PIM SSM is supported for the default SSM range only. show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1303
44 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1304
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip pim tib [group] Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1305
● in: to view incoming packets ● out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1306
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
PAGE 1307
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
PAGE 1308
ip pim graceful-restart This feature permits configuration of non-stop forwarding (NSF or graceful restart) capability on a PIM enabled router. Syntax ip pim graceful-restart {nsf [restart-time | stale-entry-time]} Parameters nsf Enter the keyword nsf to configure the non-stop forwarding capability. NOTE: ip pim graceful-restart nsf is applicable for the entire multicast sub-system.
PAGE 1309
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1310
Example Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature.
PAGE 1311
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1312
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses.
PAGE 1313
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned using BSR take priority over static RP addresses.
PAGE 1314
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
PAGE 1315
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim spt-threshold [infinity] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold [infinity] [vrf vrfname] command. Parameters Defaults infinity (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1316
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1317
Example Dell#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1318
Field Description ● S = Sparse mode Example Dell#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Address 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Te 1/13 ] 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 165.87.32.12 Vl 2 [Te 41/20 ] Uptime/Expires 00:04:03/00:01:42 00:00:46/00:01:29 00:00:51/00:01:24 Ver v2 v2 v2 DR Prio 1 0 0 show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1319
Field Description DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. The show ip pim interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces. Example Dell#show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Mode 172.21.200.254 Te 0/9 v2/S 172.60.1.2 Te 0/11 v2/S 192.3.1.1 Te 0/16 v2/S 192.4.1.1 Te 1/5 v2/S 172.21.110.1 Te 1/6 v2/S 172.
PAGE 1320
Field Description Ver Displays the PIM version number. ● v2 = PIM version 2 DR prio/Mode Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode. ● 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) ● DR = Designated Router ● S = Sparse mode Example Dell#show ip pim neighbor↵ Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver DR↵ Address Prio/Mode↵ 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 1 / S↵ show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings.
PAGE 1321
224.2.197.115 224.2.217.146 224.3.3.3 225.1.2.1 225.1.2.2 229.1.2.1 229.1.2.2 Dell# Example (Mapping) Example (Address) 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 Dell#show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled.
PAGE 1322
Example (#2) Field Description Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. Dell#show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165.87.32.2 show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation.
PAGE 1323
Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0
PAGE 1324
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database.
PAGE 1325
Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1326
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. show ipv6 pim tib – displays the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) debug ipv6 pim Invoke IPv6 PIM debugging.
PAGE 1327
To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. 9.14(1.0) Usage Information Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR.
PAGE 1328
ipv6 pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the IPv6 interface. Syntax ipv6 pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ipv6 pim dr-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1329
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. address Enter the IPv6 RP address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1330
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in RP election process. The range is zero (0) to 255. The default is 192. In the RP election process, the RP with the lower priority takes the precedence. acl-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an ACL to configure a PIM router to act as an RP for a specific set of multicast group addresses that are defined in the ACL. NOTE: If you do not specify the acl-name, the system uses the default multicast IPv6 group range, which is ff00::/8. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1331
seconds Defaults Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. Disabled. The default expiry timer (with no times configured) is 210 sec. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.3.
PAGE 1332
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1333
show ipv6 pim neighbor Displays IPv6 PIM neighbor information. Syntax ]Parameters show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor [detail] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information.
PAGE 1334
Example Example (Mapping) DellEMC#show ipv6 pim rp Group RP ff0e::225:1:1:1 150::1 ff0e::225:1:1:2 150::1 ff0e::225:1:1:4 150::1 ff0e::225:1:1:5 150::1 DellEMC#show run pim ! ip pim bsr-candidate Loopback 0 ip pim vrf red bsr-candidate Loopback 1 ip pim vrf blue bsr-candidate Loopback 2 ip pim vrf red rp-candidate Loopback 1 ip pim vrf blue rp-candidate Loopback 2 ipv6 pim bsr-candidate Loopback 0 ipv6 pim vrf red bsr-candidate Loopback 1 ipv6 pim vrf blue bsr-candidate Loopback 2 ipv6 pim rp-candidate Lo
PAGE 1335
Example Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1336
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1337
45 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1338
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop.
PAGE 1339
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: ● If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1340
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1341
● syn = synchronize sequence number ● urg = urgent field source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1342
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 1 to 65535. permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking.
PAGE 1343
Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1344
show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. C9000 Series Syntax show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1345
46 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember ● You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: ○ Provisioning a Port Extender ○ Managing a Port Extender ○ PE Stacking ● You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. ● The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
PAGE 1346
cascade interface Configure an interface as a cascade interface. C9000 Series Syntax cascade interface interface slot/port-range [peer] Parameters interface interface slot/port-range Enter interface and specify the interface supported on the switch. The TenGigabit Ethernet interface is the only interface type supported for this feature. Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration.
PAGE 1347
Dell(conf-b)#pe provision 4 Dell(conf-b-pe-4)#cascade interface tengigabitethernet 1/1-2 clear pe statistics Delete the statistics related to a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default clear pe pe-id statistics pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1348
Usage Information Example You can connect to an attached PE through Telnet using the connect pe command and view information specific to the PE system. After you log in to a port extender, enter ? or help to display a list of supported commands. Dell#connect pe 254 Login: peadmin Password: DellPE> feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.
PAGE 1349
location-led Toggle the location LED of a specified interface, linecard or port extender (PE) on or off. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters location—led {interface interface | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number | rpm slot-id }{off|on} interface interface ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1350
pe Add a pre-provisioned port extender (PE) . C9000 Series Syntax pe pe-id To remove a port extender, use the no pe pe-id command. Parameters Default pe pe-id Enter keyword pe and PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1351
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.0P2) Introduced the PE description and stack-unit description options. 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1352
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. This command adds an entry to the startup-config file. Once this feature is enabled, it is available for all PEs.
PAGE 1353
pe-id1,peid2,........... Enter a list of port extender IDs that you want to schedule for rebooting with each pe-id delimited by a coma. no-confirm Enter the keyword no-confirm to suppress the warning messages that are displayed during rebooting of the PE. Command Modes ● EXEC Privilege Usage Information ● The reset pe range command is applicable for the entire PE stack-unit. This command is not used for per stack-unit scenario. Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1354
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. show config Display the PE provision configuration details. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PE CONFIG (conf-pe-pe-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1355
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe keyword and specify a port extender ID number. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1356
peGigE 255/0/30 peGigE 255/0/31 peGigE 255/0/32 peGigE 255/0/33 peGigE 255/0/34 peGigE 255/0/35 peGigE 255/0/36 peGigE 255/0/37 peGigE 255/0/38 peGigE 255/0/39 peGigE 255/0/40 peGigE 255/0/41 peGigE 255/0/42 peGigE 255/0/43 peGigE 255/0/44 peGigE 255/0/45 peGigE 255/0/46 peGigE 255/0/47 peGigE 255/0/48 peTenGigE 255/0/49 peTenGigE 255/0/50 peGigE 255/1/1 peGigE 255/1/2 peGigE 255/1/3 peGigE 255/1/4 peGigE 255/1/5 peGigE 255/1/6 peGigE 255/1/7 peGigE 255/1/8 peGigE 255/1/9 peGigE 255/1/10 peGigE 255/1/11 peG
PAGE 1357
peGigE 255/7/24 peTenGigE 255/7/26 3465 3756 8262 8300 show pe Display the port extender status and details including the PE description. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default show pe [pe-id | brief | statistics] pe-id (Optional) Enter the port extender ID number pe-id to display the status and details of a specified port extender. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to display all the port extender information in brief.
PAGE 1358
PE Up Time: 00:00:00 PE Description: PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: None Cascade LAG: Po 258, Local Status: Down, Remote Status: Down PE Configuration: Local Status: Present, Remote Status: Not Present ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Stack-id Status Reason Type UnitMac No.
PAGE 1359
PE-CSP Tx Message: 9 PE-CSP Rx Message: 5 ECP Tx: 10 ECP Rx Ack: 10 ECP Dropped: 0 ECP Rx: 6 ECP Tx Ack: 6 Dell# Dell#show pe 1 Codes: A - Active, I - Inactive SVC - Software Version Compatible Reason: CTM - Card Type Mismatch, CAM - CAM ACL Mismatch SVM - Software Version Mismatch, UE - Unknown Error Offline Reason: UNP - Unit Not Present, PVE - Port Validation Error ICE - IPC CP Error, IRE - IPC RP Error ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 1 Status: online System Mac: f8:b1:
PAGE 1360
● RemoteReqSemStatus shows the port extender CSP remote request state machine status Example Dell#show pe csp -- Port Extenders CSP Information ------------------------------------------------------------------------------PE-id TxPDUSemStatus RxPDUSemStatus LocalReqSemStatus RemoteReqSemStatus -----------------------------------------------------------------------------254 WAIT_TX WAIT_RX RESP_RECVED SEND_RESP show pe errors Display the port extender error logs.
PAGE 1361
Dual Homing Use the commands in the following section to setup the configurations on a port extender connected in a dual-homing environment. batch-write-memory Saves the running configuration in both the VLT peers. Syntax batch-write-memory Parameters None Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1362
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The Configuration Terminal Batch mode is used to setup common configurations on a port extender connected in a dual-homing environment. Use the commit command to apply the configuration changes. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can continue to commit the changes without exiting the batch mode.
PAGE 1363
changes. It also saves the running configuration to the startup configuration in both VLT peers. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can continue to commit the changes without exiting the batch mode. NOTE: If the commit write command fails on one VLT peer, your configuration is not applied on both VLT peers.
PAGE 1364
Example The following example shows the configurations being discarded: Dell(conf-b)#interface vlan 2000 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#show config interface vlan 2000 tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#discard Dell(conf-b)#show config Dell(conf-b)#exit Dell# import peer-config Use import peer-config to import the common configurations from the peer chassis.
PAGE 1365
show running-config local Use show running-config local to view the local configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config local Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1366
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/7 no ip address no shutdown ! show running-config common Use show running-config common to view the common configurations in the local system. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config common Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1367
show config Display the configuration in the batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [common | user | local] common Displays the common configuration in the batch mode. user Displays the configuration done in the batch mode in an order entered by the user. local Displays the local configuration in the batch mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1368
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. You can use the write memory local command to write only the local configurations to startup configuration. Debugging Use the commands in this section to debug the port extender hardware. clear hardware system-flow pe Clear the system-flow statistics from the specified port extender hardware component.
PAGE 1369
1019 1018 1017 1016 1014 1013 1011 1010 1009 1008 1007 1006 1005 1004 1003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 994 993 992 991 990 989 988 987 986 985 984 983 982 981 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 4 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 6 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 7 PE CPU ECP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU ECP traffic destined to PE CPU LLDP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU LLDP traffic destined to PE CPU
PAGE 1370
Defaults service-d (Optional) Enter the keyword option service-id to display the statistics with a specified service or module ID. pq-stats Enter the keyword pq-stats to display a summary of priority queue (PQ) based statistics. High (Optional) Enter the keyword High to display the statistics for the high priority queue. Medium (Optional) Enter the keyword Medium to display the statistics for the medium priority queue.
PAGE 1371
AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 1 ticks 1 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount 486 packets Messages in Q : 486 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 3 ticks 3 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 5 packets : 0 packets : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Proc : 0x2a3b EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB D
PAGE 1372
AVG Proc Time Time : : 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks : 1 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 11 packets : 0 packets : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc MType : 0x2a4f EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Port Extenders (PE) S
PAGE 1373
Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 4 packets Messages in Q : 4 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Max Proc EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x1c EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : POEMGR MType : 0x12d0 EnQCount 1 packets Messages in Q : 1 pa
PAGE 1374
Example: show software pemgr pe pe-id pq-stats Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority PE LOW PE 0 MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packets packets packets packets Del
PAGE 1375
MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Proc EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Max Proc EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0x2a5c DeQCount 0 ticks : 0x1771 MType : CB Max Q Proc MType Serivce Name : IFMGR EndPoint 0 ticks Se
PAGE 1376
EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc MType : 0x2a3b EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets 0 ticks 0 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets 1376 DeQCount : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Proc : 0x2a32 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCoun
PAGE 1377
0 packets Messages in Q : AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 packets 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : CLI MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : CB DeQCount : Service Id : 0x1c EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : POEMGR MType : 0x12d0 E
PAGE 1378
AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : POEMGR MType Example: show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats (PE Console) End_Point Priority EndPoint : CB Enqueue count Packets Dequeue count Packets Outstanding count Packets PE LOW 0 0 0 PE MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued
PAGE 1379
SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P port-extender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches. To manage PoE on port-extender ports, the C1048P uses two types of power supplies: the main internal, fixed AC power supply and an external DC power supply. Each power supply provides 1000W, of which up to 850W is used for PoE.
PAGE 1380
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise IEEE 802.1ab extended power-via— MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Parameters Defaults power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.1ab MED Extended power-via-mdi TLV.
PAGE 1381
Usage Information Example Related Commands The on-disable transmit shutdown command allows transmission of LLDP shutdown frames when the LLDP protocol is disabled in the interface mode. Dell#sh running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 no ip address switchport switchport mode private-vlan host ! protocol lldp on-disable transmit shutdown no shutdown show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1382
Power Available Consumed Consumed Threshold Available Allocated Consumed Remaining (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (%) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------------------0/0 1000 150 0 99 841 0 0 841 Related Command show power detail power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface.
PAGE 1383
Example Dell(conf)#int peGigE 0/0/0 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline 30000 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline priority critical Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)# Dell#show power inline pe 0 stack-unit 0 Global inline power Threshold : 99 Power Reserved for inline Power : 841W Total Inline Power Consumed : 0W Remaining inline power Available : 841W Power Management Mode : Static Interface Port LLDP Inline Power Max / Alloc Support (Watts) -----------------------------------PeGi 0/0/0 30.00/0.
PAGE 1384
power inline mode Configures PoE power management mode for a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax power inline mode {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number class | static } Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and port extender ID. Range is 0–255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is 0–7. number Defaults class Enter the keyword class to configure the class mode for the specified port extender.
PAGE 1385
------------PeGi 0/0/0 30.00/0.00 low 0 0.00 NO_PD - power inline restore pe Enable the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender unit. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power inline restore pe pe-id stack-unit unit number pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1386
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The power inline suspend pe command temporarily disables PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender (PE) unit. You can use the power inline restore pe command to restore or enable the PoE power supply to the PE unit.
PAGE 1387
stack-unit unit number interface interface Defaults Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number Range is from 0 to 7. Enter the interface keyword, and specify one of the following interface types: ● For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE. You must specify a pe-id/Unit/Port for the interface. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1388
Interface Port LLDP Inline Power Max / Alloc Support (Watts) -----------------------------------PeGi 255/0/0 30.00/21.40 low 0 Priority Inline Power Class Consumed (Watts) -----------21.50 Device PoE Type ------- ------ 4 2 show power detail Display the inline power consumption details for a port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show power detail {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} Parameters Defaults pe Enter the keywordpe and the port externder ID. Range is 0–255.
PAGE 1389
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P.
PAGE 1390
47 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1391
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session.
PAGE 1392
monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring. C9000 Series Syntax monitor session session-ID (type { rpm | erpm }) To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type rpm | erpm Specifies one of the following type: ● rpm: to create remote port monitoring session.
PAGE 1393
show config Display the current monitor session configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1394
Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the support for GRE Protocol and FC Monitor in the command output. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1395
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1396
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094. ● For a remote VLAN interface, enter the keyword Remote-VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094 ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a portchannel ID. NOTE: You cannot configure VLAN 4092 and 4093. These VLANs are reserved for internal use. range Enter the keyword range to specify the list of interfaces.
PAGE 1397
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet peGigE port as a source port in the source (port monitoring) command and monitor traffic flow on this port. You cannot configure a cascade port as a destination port.
PAGE 1398
48 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1399
• switchport mode private-vlan ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1400
Defaults isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN. primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1401
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1402
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1403
Parameters vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID number to display the PVLAN configuration. community vlan- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration for a community PVLAN. id interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and specify the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface.
PAGE 1404
Example (All) Field Description Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
PAGE 1405
10 Example Related Commands 102 101 primary Yes isolated Yes community Yes Te 2/1,3 Te 0/4 Te 2/7-10 Dell#show vlan private-vlan 102 Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- -------------------10 Primary Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 102 Isolated Yes Te 0/4 private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1406
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 Dell(conf-if-te-2/1)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Dell(conf)#interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 Dell(conf-if-te-2/2)#switchport mode private-vlan host Dell(conf)#interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/3 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan trunk Dell(conf)#interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Related Commands 1406 ● private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to comm
PAGE 1407
49 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
PAGE 1408
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dualhoming setup.
PAGE 1409
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1410
Table 8. Default Mapping dot1p Queue ID 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1411
service-class wred backplane After you create a WRED profile with ECN functionality, specify per-queue granularity for backplane ports and include the WRED profile in a service class. Using this command, you can enable or disable queue-specific settings and specify minimum and maximum buffer thresholds in the WRED profile applied to each packet color-code. Also, you can specify the maximum drop rate percentage for yellow and green profiles.
PAGE 1412
service-pool wred Configure a global buffer pool that serves as a shared buffer accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for a queue are consumed. The switch supports four global service-pools in the egress direction. Two service pools are used—one for lossy queues and the other for lossless (priority-based flow control (PFC)) queues. You can enable WRED and ECN operation on the global servicepools.
PAGE 1413
Dell(conf)#service-pool wred green pool0 thresh-1 pool1 thresh-2 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred yellow pool0 thresh-3 pool1 thresh-4 Dell(conf #service-pool wred weight pool0 11 pool1 4 service-class wred ecn backplane Apply ECN marking on backplane port-queues in a service class. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default [no] service-class wred ecn queue-list backplane service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing.
PAGE 1414
show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Defaults ● dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ● Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1415
Defaults dot1p Queue Number 6 6 7 7 none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1416
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1417
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy.
PAGE 1418
buffer-stats-snapshot Enable the buffer statistics tracking utility and enter the Buffer Statistics Snapshot configuration mode. You must enable this utility to be able to configure the parameters for buffer statistics tracking. C9000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATSSNAPSHOT mode. Default By default, buffer statistics tracking is disabled.
PAGE 1419
Defaults match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1420
clear qos statistics Clear Matched Packets through class maps applied to inbound ports C9000 Series Syntax clear qos statistics interface-name Parameters interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1421
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1422
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. For class-map match-any, a maximum of five ACL match criteria are allowed. For class-map match-all, only one ACL match criteria is allowed.
PAGE 1423
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1424
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1426
match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} Parameters Defaults dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1427
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
PAGE 1428
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1429
policy-map-output Create an output policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1430
Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a QoS input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1431
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1432
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1433
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1434
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
PAGE 1435
layer2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1436
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified.
PAGE 1437
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands ● class-map— identifies the class map. ● service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. ● service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1438
show qos class-map View the current class map information. C9000 Series Syntax show qos class-map [class-name] Parameters Defaults class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1439
● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE.
PAGE 1440
7 CM7q7 Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 0/10 Interface TengigabitEthernet 0/10 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details.
PAGE 1441
Example 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1442
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput Dell# show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details.
PAGE 1443
show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1444
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the portid range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1445
show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1446
max number Defaults Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1447
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series.
PAGE 1448
Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_.
PAGE 1449
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped. If the average queue size is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, the decision to drop or queue the packet is taken based on the packet drop probability.
PAGE 1450
wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. C9000 Series Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles.
PAGE 1451
Defaults pe-unit PE-unit is use to specify the PE. PE ID 1 – 255. stack-unit Stack-unit is used to specify the statck unite in the stacked PE system. Stack-unit within a PE ID 0 – 7. buffer-unit Buffer unit is used to specify the port-pipe. Buffer-unit 0 – 0. None Command Modes Exec Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1452
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). The default setting for each DSCP value (0-63) is green (low drop precedence). This command allows setting the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red.
PAGE 1453
Usage Information A color map outlines the codepoint mappings to the appropriate color mapping (green, yellow, red) for the traffic. The system uses this information use to handle the traffic on the interface based on the traffic priority and places it into the appropriate shaping queue. You cannot delete a DSCP color map when it is configured on an interface. If you do, all the DSCP values are set to green (low drop precedence).
PAGE 1454
show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters Defaults map-name Enter the name of the color map. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
PAGE 1455
50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
PAGE 1456
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1457
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1458
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1459
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1460
To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters Defaults max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1461
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1462
show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1463
---------- ------Te 2/0 128.418 128 Te 2/1 128.419 128 Te 2/8 128.426 128 Te 2/9 128.427 128 Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) --- ------- -------------------- -------20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.130 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.131 PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.
PAGE 1464
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} Parameters cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1465
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into an Error Disable state if a BPDU appears and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action.
PAGE 1466
Usage Information 1466 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP.
PAGE 1467
51 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1468
To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 1469
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1470
To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON statistic table.
PAGE 1471
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1472
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1473
log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon alarms [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1474
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon events [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1475
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1476
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon history [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1477
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easyto-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1478
show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon statistics [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1479
HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 TengigabitEt
PAGE 1480
52 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1481
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1482
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet[interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1483
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1484
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1485
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command.
PAGE 1486
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
PAGE 1487
To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1488
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1489
Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses. ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode.
PAGE 1490
ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface. As described in RFC 2453, the split-horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip split-horizon To disable split-horizon, use the no ip split-horizon command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1491
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information.
PAGE 1492
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1493
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1494
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface.
PAGE 1495
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances.
PAGE 1496
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1497
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external then the numbers 1 or 2 to | 2} indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to indicate that internal routes should be redistributed. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value.
PAGE 1498
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Dell(conf)#router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration.
PAGE 1499
show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
PAGE 1500
207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
PAGE 1501
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. C9000 Series Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1502
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. C9000 Series Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters Defaults 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1503
53 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Command Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1504
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1505
route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode Defaults addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator.
PAGE 1506
Dell#show role mode configure management route Role access: netadmin, sysadmin Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1507
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role.
PAGE 1508
commands { level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. dot1x Enter the keyword dot1x for dot1x events. name | default Enter one of the following: ● For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. ● For default, the default accounting methods used.
PAGE 1509
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ Dell(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs+ Dell(conf)# aaa accounting command role secaadmin default start-stop tacacs+ enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host.
PAGE 1510
accounting Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax accounting {exec | commands {level | role role-name} method-list Parameters Defaults exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands { level | role role-name } Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list by enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
PAGE 1511
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.
PAGE 1512
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1513
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS.
PAGE 1514
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || ifauthenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters Defaults name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1515
● ● ● ● level level interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for ROUTE-MAP mode router for ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. Defaults reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting.
PAGE 1516
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1517
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used.
PAGE 1518
● radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. ● tacacs+: use the TACACS+ servers configured with the tacacs-server host command. ... method4 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter up to four additional methods. In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method (up to four configured methods). Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1519
aaa reauthenticate enable Enable re-authentication of user whenever there is a change in the authenticators. Syntax aaa reauthenticate enable To disable the re-authentication option, use the no aaa reauthenticate enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1520
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines.
PAGE 1521
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: ● Start with a letter, not a number. ● Passwords can have a regular expression as the password.
PAGE 1522
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. C9000 Series Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1523
Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Defaults Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1524
default Defaults Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1525
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line".
PAGE 1526
numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number. The range is from 0 to 31. special-char (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords special-char then the number of special characters permitted. The range is from 0 to 31. number Defaults 0 minutes for the lock out period. The lockout-period is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1527
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500, MXL By default, the service password-encryption command stores encrypted passwords.
PAGE 1528
you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command. To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command.
PAGE 1529
Example Example (PE Console) Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15 Dell# Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role.
PAGE 1530
Example Field Description User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user. Dell#show users Authorization Mode: Line 0 console 0 *3 vty 1 4 vty 2 Related Commands User admin sec1 ml1 role or privilege Role sysadmin secadmin netadmin Privilege 15 14 12 Host(s) Location idle idle 172.31.1.4 idle 172.31.1.5 username — use to enter the user name.
PAGE 1531
Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username Establish an authentication system based on user names.
PAGE 1532
Version Description S3048-ON, S3100 Series, C9010, S4048T-ON, Z9500, Z9100-ON, S6100-ON, S6010-ON. Usage Information 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Added support for the sha256-password option for S3100, S3048–ON, S4048– ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, MXL, and Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1533
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. aaa radius auth-method Configure the authentication method to use with RADIUS for user access. Syntax aaa radius auth-method {pap | mschapv2} To undo the RADIUS authentication method configuration, use the no aaa radius auth-method command. Parameters Defaults pap Enter the keyword pap to use the Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) for RADIUS authentication.
PAGE 1534
● 0 – implies that the key is not encrypted and is stored as clear text. ● 7 – implies that the key is encrypted and hidden. key Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and the dynamic authorization client. The key can be up to 42 characters long. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● It is possible to configure more than one dynamic authorization clients Duplicate (ipv4-addr or ipv6addr or host-name) configurations are not allowed.
PAGE 1535
To remove the port bounce configuration, enter the no coa-bounce-port command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Configure no coa-bounce-port to drop radius CoA port-bounce requests from the DAC. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1536
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1537
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. disconnect-user Configure NAS to ignore DM requests corresponding to AAA users-sessions coming from the DAC. Syntax disconnect-user To undo this configuration, enter the no disconnect-user command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1538
ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. ● For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
PAGE 1539
Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Optionally specify dynamic authorization port number. Default port is 3799. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1540
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1541
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1542
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon.
PAGE 1543
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . C9000 Series Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and when the system times out.
PAGE 1544
Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Packets are dropped after number of packets reaches the configured rate-limit. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1545
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1546
● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. ● For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1547
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1548
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon.
PAGE 1549
To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.
PAGE 1550
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
PAGE 1551
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1552
NOTE: The layer 3 portion of guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs can be created regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically. Related Commands dot1x auth-fail-vlan — configures a VLAN for authentication failures. dot1x reauthentication — enables periodic re-authentication.
PAGE 1553
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1554
dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1555
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 1556
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1557
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1558
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Dell#show dot1x int Te 2/32 802.
PAGE 1559
cname common- name country country- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cname then the common name to be included in the certificate. The default is Dell Networking. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword country then the name of the country to be included in the certificate. The maximum number of characters allowed for the country-name is two. The default is US. email email-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword email then the email-id to be included in the certificate.
PAGE 1560
rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 then the key size to generate a SSHv1 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048. The default is 1024. NOTE: This option is not available in FIPS mode. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1561
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. crypto key generate — Generate keys for SSH server debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command.
PAGE 1562
To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters Defaults directory Enter a directory name. The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1563
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh challenge–response–authentication Enable challenge response authentication for SSHv2.
PAGE 1564
● ● ● ● ● ● ● aes256-ctr aes256-cbc aes192-ctr aes192-cbc aes128-ctr aes128-cbc 3des-cbc Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048– ON, S4048–ON, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON.
PAGE 1565
ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbasedauthentication enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1566
Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1567
● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048– ON, S4048–ON, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. ● You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list.
PAGE 1568
ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh pub-key-file {WORD} Parameters Defaults WORD Enter the file name for the host-based authentication. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1569
Parameters mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client. The following MAC algorithms are available.
PAGE 1570
Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes. The default is 60 minutes volume rekey- Enter the keywords volume then the amount of volume in megabytes. The range is from 1 to 4096 to megabytes. The default is 1024 megabytes limit Defaults The default time is 60 minutes. The default volume is 1024 megabytes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1571
Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. This file contains hostnames and usernames, for which hosts and users, rhost-authentication can be allowed.
PAGE 1572
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorizedkeys} command. Parameters Defaults my-authorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorized-keys. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1573
To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server {ciphers cipher-list} {enable | port port-number} [kex key-exchange-algorithm] [mac hmac-algorithm] [version {1 | 2}] command. Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server. ciphers cipher- Enter the keyword ciphers and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH server supports. list The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1574
● diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults ● Default listening port is 22.
PAGE 1575
ip ssh server dns enable Enable or disable the DNS in SSH server configuration to resolve hostname for host-based authenticatioin. Syntax ip ssh server dns enable To disable the DNS in SSH server configuration, use the no ip ssh server dns enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1576
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 1577
x5ifqYFFwUzJNOcsJK7vjSsnmMhChF2YSvXlvTJ6h971F JAQlOsgd0ycpocsF +DNLKfJnx7SAjhakFQMwG g/g78ZkDT3Ydr8KKjfSI4Bg/WS8B740= Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa1 1024 35 1310600154808733989532575153972496578500722 064442949636740809356830889610203172266 7988956754966765265006379622189779927609278 523638839223055081819166009928132616408 66434577460221922951890399296633457911737422 47431553750501676929660273790601494434 050000015179864425629613385774919236081 771341059533760063913083 Dell# Related Commands crypto key
PAGE 1578
SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffiehellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Challenge Response Auth : enabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 2 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 4 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 * 5 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh server — configures an SSH server.
PAGE 1579
show ip ssh rsa-authentication Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} my-authorizedkeys Display the RSA authorized keys. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1580
ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1581
-v {1 | 2} Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2. The default is the version from the protocol negotiation. As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1582
hmac-md5-96 Force ssh to use hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm Dell#ssh vrf vrf1 10.10.10.2 -l admin Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1583
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled.
PAGE 1584
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
PAGE 1585
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted.
PAGE 1586
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs.
PAGE 1587
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1588
Table 11. Suppressed ICMPv4 message types (continued) ICMPv4 Message Types Address mask request (17) Address mask reply (18) NOTE: The Dell Networking OS does not suppress the ICMPv4 message type Echo request (8). Table 12.
PAGE 1589
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, S4048T–ON, C9000, and MXL. When the drop icmp feature is configured, the system drops the ICMP reply messages on the front end and management interfaces. By default, the Dell Networking OS responds to all the ICMP messages. NOTE: There is no separate CLI to enable IP ID randomness.
PAGE 1590
Example DellEMC(conf)#boot-access password 7 Hg$7^5HMoiY% *********************************************************************** * Warning - boot-access password will enable password protection in * * GRUB. Keep it safe. Forgetting this password and the CLI password * * may result in switch becoming inaccessible.
PAGE 1591
root-password Defaults Enter the root password. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1592
verified startup-config Enable hash validation for the startup configuration during system startup. Syntax verified startup-config To disable hash validation for the startup configuration, use the no verified startup-config command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example 1592 Security Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1593
54 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1594
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1595
Example Related Command Version Description 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1596
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. C9000 Series Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1597
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)#interface vlan 4001 Dell(conf-if-vl-4001-stack)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 100 show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1598
Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands 1598 Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1599
55 sFlow The Dell EMC Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell EMC Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1600
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1601
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
PAGE 1602
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. sFlow is disabled by default.
PAGE 1603
Usage Information When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface. NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1604
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1605
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level.
PAGE 1606
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 1607
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets.
PAGE 1608
sflow sample-rate (Interface) Change the interface default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets. Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. The default is 32768 packets. The Global default sampling.
PAGE 1609
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1610
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. C9000 Series Syntax show sflow linecard slot-id Parameters slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1611
56 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: ● SNMP Commands ● Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1612
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1613
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
PAGE 1614
Related Commands snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp supported-mibs Display the list of SNMP MIBs supported by the platform. Syntax show snmp supported-mibs Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1615
Example Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, FN-IOM, MIOA, MXL, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100– ON. DellEMC#show snmp supported-traps TRAP OID ----------------------------------------------------------------------COLDSTART 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 WARMSTART 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 LINKDOWN 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 LINKUP 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 Authenticationfailure 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5 dellNetIfAlarmHighBer 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.11.1.4.1.
PAGE 1616
Example Dell#show snmp user User name: v1v2creadu Engine ID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 storage-type: nonvolatile active Authentication Protocol: None Privacy Protocol: None Dell# snmp context Enables you to map a bgp vrf instance within a SNMP context through community mapping, in SNMPv2c and SNMPv3. Syntax [no] snmp context [context name] Parameters Defaults context name Enter a unique name for the context.
PAGE 1617
Example !----command run on host connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1618
Parameters Defaults text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1619
snmp-server community Configure a new community string access for SNMPv1 v2 and v3.
PAGE 1620
The community-name parameter indexes this command. If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data. Only Standard IPv4 ACL and IPv6 ACL is supported in the optional access-list-name. The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth.
PAGE 1621
● snmp — Enable SNMP notifications defined in RFC 1157. ● stp — Enable notification of a state change in the spanning tree protocol (RFC 1493). ● vlt — Enable notification of VLT state changes. ● vrrp —Enable notification of a state change in a VRRP group. ● xstp — Enable notification of a state change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+.
PAGE 1622
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf management udp-port port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ipaddress vrf management udp-port port-number engineID] command.
PAGE 1623
show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1624
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Added support for the access parameter. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1625
informs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword informs to send inform notifications to the specified host. The default is traps. version 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version to specify the security model then the security model version number 1, 2c, or 3: ● Version 1 is the least secure version. ● Version 3 is the most secure of the security modes. ● Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1.
PAGE 1626
Usage Information Version Description 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In order to configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1627
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 1628
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1629
snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1630
priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long. access access- list-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long).
PAGE 1631
Example Usage Information Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server user authuser v3group v3 auth md5 authpasswd The following command configures a remote user named n3user with a v3 security model and a security level of authNOPriv. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server user n3user ngroup remote 172.31.1.3 udp-port 5009 3 auth md5 authpasswd show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view.
PAGE 1632
Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server vrf Configures an SNMP agent to bind to a specific VRF. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server vrf vrf-name To undo the SNMP agent configuration, use the no snmp-server vrf vrf-name command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate an SNMP agent with that VRF. default Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1633
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command. Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer.
PAGE 1634
clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. C9000 Series Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1635
default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. C9000 Series Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1636
terminal monitor — sends system messages to the terminal/monitor. default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1637
tcp Defaults Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500.
PAGE 1638
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1639
Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults logging coredump stack-unit {0–5 | all} stack-unit 0–5 Enter the stack-unit id. all Enable coredump on all stack-unit. Enabled by default on customer builds.
PAGE 1640
Usage Information This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role. When you enabled RBAC and extended logging: ● Only the system administrator role can execute this command. ● The system administrator and system security administrator roles can view security events and system events.
PAGE 1641
Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1642
Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the logging history table. C9000 Series Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters Defaults size Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is from 0 to 500. The default is 1 message.
PAGE 1643
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1644
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. C9000 Series Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 1645
logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and output. C9000 Series Syntax logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa.
PAGE 1646
To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters Defaults level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational. 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1647
Example Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] From a PE console, useshow logging [number] Parameters number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1648
for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:31: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_DN: Changed interface Admin state to down: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 01:17:24: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:23: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:03: %SYSTEM:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1649
changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 3 is inserted Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_DOWN: Major alarm: Power supply 1 in unit 3 is down Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 1 of unit 3 is inserted Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 0 in unit 3 i
PAGE 1650
Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:2 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 2 is inserted Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:2 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_DOWN: Major alarm: Power supply 1 in unit 2 is down Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 1 of unit 2 is inserted Jul 3
PAGE 1651
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Dell(conf)#show logging audit clear logging auditlog — clears audit log.
PAGE 1652
Usage Information Examples This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors.
PAGE 1653
f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 49]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 782]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 11:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 1878]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 12:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 71]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated ch
PAGE 1654
30:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 61]EEPROM LIB ERR: decipherPpId:371 Invalid ppId[] size[0] 31:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9251]31:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvCardShortId is 0x8880 32:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 479623]32:SS DRV DEBUG: No.
PAGE 1655
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack unit unit-number} From a PE console, use show logging kernellog stack-unit unit number to display the kernel logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch.
PAGE 1656
addr=0x20 cmd_reg=0xf rv=5 00:00:43:418634:PCI unit 0: Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418655:PCI unit 1: Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418671:PCI unit 2: Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418687:PCI unit 3: Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418702:PCI unit 4: Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418718:PCI unit 5: Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418732:PCI unit 6: Driver BCM56634_B0 Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852
PAGE 1657
Example ((PE Console) Dell#show logging kernellog stack-unit 1 00:00:32:342561:AXI unit 0: Dev 0xb340, Rev 0x01, Chip BCM56340_A0, Driver BCM56340_A0 terminal monitor Configure the system to display messages on the monitor/terminal. C9000 Series Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1658
57 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 13.
PAGE 1659
Table 13.
PAGE 1660
Table 13.
PAGE 1661
Table 13. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
PAGE 1662
Table 13.
PAGE 1663
Table 13. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %PE8-UNIT0-M%MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR: Overall memory usage of cp drops below threshold. Memory Usage (20%) CH_ALARM_PE_DOWN PE_DOWN: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally down. CH_ALARM_PE_UP PE_UP: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally up. CH_ALARM_PE_UNIT_DOWN PE_UNIT_DOWN: PE:6 Unit:0 Unit MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 operationally down.
PAGE 1664
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1665
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1666
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1667
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1668
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1669
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1670
Parameters Defaults stp-id Enter zero (0). the system supports one spanning tree group, group 0. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1671
Example Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group.
PAGE 1672
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
PAGE 1673
Example Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1674
Te 0/2 0 Te 0/3 0 LIS EDS (Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
PAGE 1675
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-onviolation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
PAGE 1676
59 Storm Control The Dell EMC Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/ Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1677
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1678
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1679
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1680
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1681
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
PAGE 1682
Parameters Defaults pfc-llfc pps Enter a pps value to specify the threshold for flow-control traffic. The range is from 0 to 33554368 packets per second. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1683
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknownunicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1684
60 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1685
● Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. ● If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. Example Accept the EULA: Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
PAGE 1686
Related Commands ● support-assist — moves to the SupportAssist Configuration mode. support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1687
support-assist activity Trigger an activity event immediately. Syntax Parameters support-assist activity {full-transfer | core-transfer} start now full-transfer Enter the keyword full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1688
Version Description Introduced the core-transfer and event-transfer parameters. Usage Information 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. By default, each activity follows a set of default actions using a default schedule. Using this command, you can customize the set of actions and disable a certain activity.
PAGE 1689
Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1690
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1691
action-manifest install Configure action-manifest to transfer a set of customized records for full transfer and to monitor a set of specified events for event transfer. Syntax action-manifest install {default | } To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install default command. Parameters Defaults default Enter the keyword default to revert back to the default set of actions for an activity.
PAGE 1692
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install command. If necessary, you can then remove the custom action-manifest file. Related Commands ● action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. ● action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1693
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information Enter the specific SupportAssist activity mode and then enable it. NOTE: By default, the full transfer includes the core files. When you disable the core transfer activity, the full transfer excludes the core files.
PAGE 1694
Usage Information The optional parameters must be provided in the following order: city state country postalcode. If specified in a different order, the command returns an error as follows: Dell(conf-supportassist-cmpy-test)# address city Minneapolis postalcode 55344 country USA state Minnesota ^ % Error: Invalid input at "^" marker. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration.
PAGE 1695
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. SupportAssist Person Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Person mode commands. email-address Configure the email addresses to reach the contact person.
PAGE 1696
Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1697
start-time HH:MM stop-time HH:MM Enter the keywords start-time then a starting time expressed as HH:MM. Use the 24-hour clock format. Enter the keywords stop-time then a stopping time expressed as HH:MM. Use the 24-hour clock format. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1698
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The passwords are stored encrypted in the running configuration.
PAGE 1699
Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The URL should be formatted to follow the ISO format. show eula-consent Display the EULA for the feature.
PAGE 1700
Privacy Policy, available at: www.dell.com/privacypolicycountryspecific, in order to enable the performance of all of the various functions of SupportAssist during your entitlement to receive related repair services from Dell,. You further agree to allow Dell to transmit and store the Collected Data from SupportAssist in accordance with these terms.
PAGE 1701
contact-person first Fred last Nash email-address primary des@sed.com alternate sed@dol.com phone primary 123422 alternate 8395729 preferred-method email time-zone zone +05:30 start-time 12:23 end-time 15:23 ! server Dell enable url http://1.1.1.1:1332 Dell# show support-assist status Display information on SupportAssist feature status including any activities, status of communication, last time communication sent, and so on.
PAGE 1702
61 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1703
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1704
offset Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1705
start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-week Enter the one of the following as the week that daylight saving ends: ● week-number: enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week to end daylight saving time. ● first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month. ● last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month.
PAGE 1706
Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: ● a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. ● a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1707
ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. C9000 Series Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1708
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced the sha1 option. Also, introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.14(0.0) The trusted-key range value is from 1 to 65534. 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148.
PAGE 1709
● 7 (seven) indicates that a password is encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm. It specifies a hidden authentication data. ● WORD is the un-encrypted (cleartext) authentication data. password Defaults Enter a string up to 32 characters as the password. NTPQ Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1710
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. C9000 Series Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1711
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. ntp offset-threshold Configure the threshold time interval before which the system generates an NTP audit log message if the time difference from the NTP server is greater than a threshold value (offset-threshold). Syntax ntp offset-threshold threshold-value To disable the threshold value, use the no ntp offset-threshold command.
PAGE 1712
version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 4. minpoll polling- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword minpollthen the polling-interval. The polling interval range is from 4 to 16. interval maxpoll polling- interval Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword maxpollthen the polling-interval. The polling interval range is from 4 to 16. Not configured.
PAGE 1713
In general, the packet denied services are dropped with no further action except incrementing the statistics counters. In certain cases, a more proactive response is required to cause the client to slow down the process. A special packet is created to serve this purpose, and it is called the kiss-o-Death (KoD) packet.
PAGE 1714
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp step-threshold Configure the step-threshold time interval. Syntax ntp step-threshold value To return to the default NTP step-threshold value, use the no ntp step-threshold command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the threshold value in milliseconds. The range is from 128 to 5000 milliseconds (5 seconds).
PAGE 1715
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1716
Example Example (PE Console) Example (Detail) Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Dell#show clock 13:24:32.298 UTC Tue Jul 7 2015 Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.
PAGE 1717
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: ● ● ● ● ● Example (without ntp master configuration) Example (with ntp master configuration) * means synchronized to this peer. # means almost synchronized to this peer. + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization.
PAGE 1718
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax show ntp status Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1719
root dispersion is 1381.293 msec, peer dispersion is 937.690 sec peer mode is client DellEMC# Related Commands ● show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations. show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . C9000 Series Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations.
PAGE 1720
62 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
PAGE 1721
● If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1722
C9000 Series Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed. If the address and mask are not specified, this command deletes all allow-remote entries. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1723
Usage Information The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode. To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1724
Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
PAGE 1725
The range is from 5 to 255. The default is 5. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. The range is from 3 to 10. The default is 3. unlimited Defaults Enter the keyword unlimited to specify the unlimited number of keepalive probe packets. Tunnel keepalive is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1726
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible.
PAGE 1727
63 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1728
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1729
Parameters Defaults text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1730
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
PAGE 1731
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. C9000 Series Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
PAGE 1732
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1733
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1734
Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 0/40(Dwn) Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1735
Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. C9000 Series Syntax upstream interface To delete an upstream interface, use the no upstream interface command.
PAGE 1736
64 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1737
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1738
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1739
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: ● after a VLT device is reloaded. ● after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
PAGE 1740
inherit VLAN membership of that port channel to ensure untagged packets that are sent by a VLT peer device reach the DHCP server located on the ToR. Example Dell(conf)#lacp ungroup member-independent ? port-channel LACP port-channel members become switchports vlt All VLT LACP members become switchports multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure.
PAGE 1741
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.
PAGE 1742
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. C9000 Series Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1743
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device.
PAGE 1744
Local System MAC address: Remote System MAC address: Remote Sytem Version: Delay-Restore timer: 00:01:e8:8b:14:3c 00:01:e8:8b:15:20 5 (1) 90 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information on the backup link operation. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1745
Default interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1746
Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT port-channels currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1747
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route --------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) (*, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1748
Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode ---------------100 Peer Mode --------- -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Active Peer Status ----------Inactive Dell# Example for Qin-Q implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Loc
PAGE 1749
show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1750
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1751
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
PAGE 1752
Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 system-mac Configure the MAC address for use by VLT Port-channel LACP for the domain C9000 Series Syntax system-mac mac-address Parameters Defaults mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1753
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1754
Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
PAGE 1755
Parameters port-channel Configure the proxy-gateway interface port-channel. Port channel range is from 1 to 128. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID or comma-separated, VLAN IDs or a range of VLAN IDs or a combination.
PAGE 1756
3) The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied. Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway lldp proxy-gateway peer-timeout Enable the VLT node to timeout the transmission of peer’s mac address when the VLT peer is down. C9000 Series Syntax [no] peer-timeout value Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1757
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static remote-mac-address exclude-vlan Configure the proxy-gateway static entry and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] remote-mac-address mac—address [exclude-vlan vlan-range] remote-macaddress Specify the mac-addresses of the VLT peers which are in the remote VLT Domain. mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 1758
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1759
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. This command enables the device to transmit its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node sends only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain.
PAGE 1760
65 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
PAGE 1761
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1762
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1763
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes..
PAGE 1764
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1765
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1766
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1767
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1768
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups.
PAGE 1769
Item Description ● BACKUP (the interface associated with the BACKUP router). Usage Information Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Field Description TenGigabitEther net 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.
PAGE 1770
Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 2 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 priority-cost 10 Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 Dell> Example (Brief) Example (C9000) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.
PAGE 1771
version Set VRRP protocol version for IPv4 group. C9000 Series Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command. Parameters Defaults 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 3 as defined in RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy. both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3.
PAGE 1772
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters Defaults ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1773
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay for VRRP initialization after an interface becomes operational. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1774
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: ● When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1775
To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command. Parameters interface OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel followed by the number. The range of port-channel IDs is 1 to 128.
PAGE 1776
● vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● advertise-interval clear counters vrrp ipv6 description disable hold-time preempt priority show config virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1777
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups.
PAGE 1778
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups.
PAGE 1779
Line Beginning with Description ● Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. ● Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states...
PAGE 1780
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a link-local virtual IP address is configured.
PAGE 1781
66 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip unknown-unicast ipv6 unknown-unicast description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route.
PAGE 1782
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1783
ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a configured VRF. C9000 Series Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrfname | management} command. Parameters Defaults vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Use this keyword when you want to associate the interface to the management VRF. None (Interface is part of default VRF).
PAGE 1784
You can leak global routes for VRF. As the global RTM usually contains a large pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes are duplicated into the VRF's RTM. As a result, it is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1785
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options, all other options configured in the route-map are ignored.
PAGE 1786
Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Import IPv6 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] Parameters route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
PAGE 1787
static Enter the keyword static to leak or share static routes corresponding to the VRF. Command Modes ROUTE MAP MODE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map.
PAGE 1788
interface management Associate a management port with a management VRF. C9000 Series Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1789
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series.
PAGE 1790
Ma 11/0, Nu 0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 Dell#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show run vrf vrf-name Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1791
67 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1792
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1793
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN.
PAGE 1794
Dell# M Te 2/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value Parameters c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1795
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1796
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1797
Example 2 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 1/0 Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack comp
PAGE 1798
68 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1799
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax Parameters crypto ca-cert install path path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
PAGE 1800
● sysadmin ● secadmin The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
PAGE 1801
device. If the Common Name does not match the device’s presented identity, then even a properly signed certificate does not validate correctly. email email- address Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword email followed a valid email address used for communication with the organization. validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect.
PAGE 1802
crypto cert install Installs a trusted certificate on a device. Syntax crypto cert install cert-file cert-path key-file {key-path | private} [password passphrase] Parameters cert-file Enter the keyword cert-file to specify that the certificate needs to be downloaded. cert-path Enter the path where the certificate is locally stored. The path can be a full path or a relative path. If the system accepts this path, a notification is sent indicating the location where the certificate file is stored.
PAGE 1803
certificate. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the certificate is installed as the non-FIPS certificate. When FIPS mode is enabled or disabled, the certificates (and keys) are switched by the system. NOTE: For the switch, there are two possible certificates stored - one for FIPS mode, one for nonFIPS mode. If the system is in FIPS mode, the certificate will be installed as the FIPS certificate. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the certificate will be installed as the non-FIPS certificate.
PAGE 1804
Defaults accept Enter the keyword accept to accept the presented certificate and log in if OCSP retrieval fails. reject Enter the keyword reject to reject the presented certificate and log in if OCSP retrieval fails. crypto x509 revocation ocsp accept Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION Mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1805
Parameters hostname Enter the name of the host or device for which you wish to record logs corresponding to the certificates. NOTE: The hostname can be an IPV4 address, an IPV6 address, or a DNS hostname—with or without DNS suffix. secure Enter the keyword secure to enable the Syslog feature to communicate with a compatible Syslog server using the secure TLS protocol over the default port (6514). The range is from 1024 to 65535. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable TCP.
PAGE 1806
NOTE: To get the subject key identifier details, enter the show crypto cacert command. This command displays the CA certificate details. Defaults None. Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION Mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1807
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: ● sysadmin ● secadmin Multiple OCSP responders may be configured per CA. The system tries each one until it gets a valid response. No priority may be specified or guaranteed; the system tries them in the order in which they were configured. Related Commands ● crypto x509 ocsp ocsp-server prefer Configures OCSP responder preference.
PAGE 1808
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: ● sysadmin ● secadmin This show command should display the index, the certificate’s subject field in plaintext, not-before and not-after dates, and the fingerprint in hexadecimal format. The index assigned to each CA certificate is used by the crypto cert delete certificate-authority command to allow the user to specify which certificate authority to remove.